This document is the 2012 Learning Catalogue from the International Institute for Learning (IIL). It provides an overview of IIL, including its mission of providing learning solutions to help individuals and organizations succeed. It highlights IIL's focus on virtual and mobile learning to meet growing demand. Courses cover topics such as project management, business analysis, leadership skills, and certifications in PRINCE2, ITIL, Six Sigma, and Microsoft Project. The CEO invites readers to take advantage of IIL's instructors, curriculum, and services to build skills critical for career success and survival in today's competitive environment.

1. 2012
International Institute for Learning, Inc.
LEARNING CATALOGUE
Project, Program and Portfolio Management • Business Analysis • Microsoft® Project and Project Server
Lean Six Sigma • PRINCE2® • ITIL® • Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
INTELLIGENCE, INTEGRITY AND INNOVATION

2. A Letter From the CEO
Welcome Welcome to IIL’s 2012 Learning Catalogue!
As organizations continue to try and do more with less, there is an increased demand for
higher-level skills in strategic leadership, Project and Program Management, Business Analysis,
Risk Management, Information Technology and Lean Six Sigma.
Many economists are hopeful that we will see some signs of recovery in the near future,
but the job market remains more competitive than ever. Building on your knowledge and
“polishing your edge” are now not only critical to success… they are critical to survival.
In spite of economic difficulties, new technologies continue to change not only the way we work, play and socialize,
but also the ways in which we plan, learn and share ideas. The enormous increase in e-book sales, mobile learning
solutions and record numbers of tablets, smartphones and 4G devices are just a few signs of the progressive
migration, across industries, toward the virtual space.
More and more, learning is taking place virtually, globally and collaboratively. People all over the world are
connecting online and learning through virtual communities, peer-to-peer networks, mobile devices and social
media platforms.
In response to our customers’ needs, IIL has doubled our focus on our Virtual Classroom offerings and self-paced
on-demand learning products. We have enhanced our Learning Management System to make it more participatory
and enable you to better define your development goals and track your progress. We have also developed project
management and ITSM apps, as well as other mobile learning solutions.
I would like to personally invite you to take advantage of all that IIL has to offer as a learning solution provider,
including our roster of best-in-class instructors, our wide and diverse curriculum, excellent customer service and
array of training methodologies.
Three key values define the IIL brand and guide us in all that we do: Intelligence, Integrity and Innovation.
We pride ourselves in creating customer loyalty and building relationships with individuals and organizations
that last a lifetime.
From your first point of contact with us, we work with you to assess your training needs and help you choose a
course or design a curriculum that meets your business needs and learning preferences. We have a dedicated team
of content and course development specialists whose goal – and passion – is to transform learning into results. As
industry leaders in customized course development, we partner with our clients to provide learning solutions that
translate seamlessly into the workplace and capture more than the original intent.
IIL has now entered our third decade of doing business. Thanks to our customers, we have grown from one small
company into a network of wholly-owned global operating companies in cities all over the world, including: New
York, Toronto, London, Paris, Frankfurt, Singapore, Sydney, Beijing, Hong Kong, Madrid, Mexico City, Trinidad,
Helsinki, Budapest, São Paulo, Bangalore, Dubai, Seoul and Tokyo.
Please read through our catalogue and learn more about our wide selection of courses, products and services. See
for yourself why IIL is the training solution provider of choice for many top global companies, and then take the next
step by finding out what we can do together. I welcome any comments or questions you may have, so feel free to
contact me directly at LaVerne.Johnson@iil.com.
With kind regards,
E. LaVerne Johnson
Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer
International Institute for Learning, Inc.
www.iil.com
2 International Institute for Learning, Inc.

3. Table of Contents
Welcome: A Letter from the CEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O® Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Course Confirmation
E-mailed upon receipt of registration.
About IIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 PRINCE2® Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Accreditations and Government Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 PRINCE2® Practitioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Registration Fee Includes
IIL Certification and Professional Certificate Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 PRINCE2® Passport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Training materials and refreshment breaks.
allPM.com Knowledge Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Managing Successful Programmes (MSP®) Foundation & Professional Development Units (PDUs), Continuing Education
Practitioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Units (CEUs) and Continuing Professional Education Units
Management of Risk Foundation (M_o_R) Foundation & (CPEs) credits can be awarded for participation in most programs.
PM Core and Intermediate Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Before attending, verify acceptance with your professional board.
Practitioner/Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices (P3O)
Project Management for Non-Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Foundation & Practitioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Tax Deductible Expense
PM BASICS™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Treasury Regulation #1.162.5 permits deduction of all fees, travel,
Project Management Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Microsoft® Project Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 lodging and 50% of all meal expenses, because an educational
program is designed to improve one’s employment.
Mastering the Fundamentals of Managing Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Project White Belt® 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Managing Project Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Project Orange Belt® 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 A Certificate of Completion - either a hard copy or an
electronic version - will be awarded to participants by a major
WBS - The Keystone of Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Project Blue Belt® 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 university or by International Institute for Learning, Inc. or by IIL’s
PoleStar™ PM Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Project Black Belt® 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 University Affiliate.
Project Estimating and Scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Microsoft® EPM Role-Based Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Cancellation / Refund Policy
Project JumpStart® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Microsoft® Excel in Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Cancellations received up to fourteen (14) business days before
Project Leadership Simulation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 the course are fully refundable. After that, cancellations are
Microsoft® Excel Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 subject to the entire course fee. Please note that if you don’t
The Project Management Certificate Program: The Kerzner cancel and don’t attend, you will still be responsible for payment.
Approach® to Project Management Excellence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-23 Substitutions may be made at any time. To make a substitution,
Leadership and Interpersonal Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 cancel or reschedule a course, contact your local educational
The Project Management Certificate Program (On-Demand
Version): The Kerzner Approach® to PM Excellence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Effective Communication Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 consultant directly or call +1-800-325-1533 (US) or
+1-212-758-0177.
Accounting and Finance Principles for PM Practitioners . . . . . . . . 25 Effective Presentation Skills for Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Introduction to the Organizational Project Management Stakeholder Relationship Skills for Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . 74 If IIL finds it necessary to cancel a course due to low enrollment,
Maturity Model (OPM3®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Building High-Performance Project Teams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 a full refund will be made. IIL will not be responsible for
participant’s airfare and/or hotel expenses or cancellation fees.
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Effective Negotiating Skills for Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
PMP® Prep Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Decision Making and Problem Solving for Project Managers . . . 77 Dates, times and prices of all IIL courses are subject to change.
Conflict Resolution for Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Project Management Advanced Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Leadership Skills for Project Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
CAPM®, PMI®, PMP® and PMBOK® are registered marks of the
Advanced Project Management Certification (APMC®) . . . . . . . . . . 30 Leadership and The Power of Acknowledgement® . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Project Management Institute, Inc.
The Future of Project Management with Dr. Harold Kerzner . . . . 31 Leading Cross-Cultural Virtual Teams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
APMC®, The Kerzner Approach®, Project Black Belt®, Project Blue
Requirements Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Managing and Leading Projects Across Belt®, Project Orange Belt®, Project White Belt®, Project Jumpstart®,
Advanced Project Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Organizational Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 ProjectManagementIQ® and Unified Project Management® are
Organization and People Change Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 registered trademarks and PM BASICS™, 360º PMCA™, UPMM™,
Advanced Project Quality Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Kerzner International Project Manager of the Year Award™ and
Advanced Project Procurement Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 IIL Webinars 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 BACP™ are trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.
Vendor Relationship Management:
IIBA®, A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK®
Collaborating for Success . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Business Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
and CBAP® are registered trademarks owned by International
Earned Value Management Systems (EVMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Business Analysis Certificate Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Institute of Business Analysis.
Global Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Business Analysis Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Microsoft® Office Project is a registered trademark of the Microsoft
Preventing, Recovering and Managing Troubled Facilitation Skills for Business Analysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Corporation.
Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Writing and Managing Requirements Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PRINCE2®, ITIL®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O® are Registered Trade
Managing Multiple Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Business Process Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United
Program Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Effecting Business Process Improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of
The Project Management Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 the Office of Government Commerce.
Developing the Business Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Project Portfolio Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Assuring Quality Through Acceptance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Prep Course for the PMI-RMP® Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Visit www.iil.com to view the latest course schedules.
Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP®)
Prep Course for the PMI-SP® Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Boot Camp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Prep Course for the PgMP® Exam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
©2012 International Institute for Learning, Inc.
Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Project Management for IT Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Experiencing Lean Six Sigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced
in any way, in any form, without the prior written permission
Project Management Fundamentals for Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 of International Institute for Learning, Inc. unless is it for
IT Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 organizations’’ internal marketing purposes.
Requirements Management for IT Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Risk Management for IT Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Project Management for Six Sigma Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Managing Multiple IT Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Agile Development and Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Online Tools and Assessments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Implementing Scrum for Agile Software Development . . . . . . . . 53 Project Management Competency Assessment
PoleStar™ ITSM Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 (360° PMCA™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
ITIL® Foundation Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Kerzner Project Management Maturity Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Managing the Systems Development Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Unified Project Management® Methodology
(UPMM™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-105
IIL Publishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
IIL Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

4. About IIL
A Valued Global Business Partner
With a wholly-owned network of operating companies Innovation in Learning
all over the world and clients in more than 200 countries, Beginning with global satellite broadcasts in the mid-1990s,
IIL is a global leader in training, consulting, coaching and IIL has consistently been in the vanguard of companies
mentoring, as well as customized course development. using technology to create cutting-edge learning solutions.
Our core competencies include: Project, Program and We continue to be at the forefront of learning innovation,
Portfolio Management; Business Analysis; Microsoft® Project offering a wide variety of delivery methods to ensure
and Project Server; Lean Six Sigma; PRINCE2®; ITIL® and optimal learning experiences for companies and individuals.
Leadership and Interpersonal Skills.
These methods include:
Our Credentials
IIL is a PMI® Charter Global Registered Education Provider • IIL Virtual Classroom
(R.E.P.), a member of PMI’s Global Executive Council, a For more than a decade now, our clients have chosen IIL’s
Microsoft Partner with a Microsoft Gold Project and Portfolio Virtual Classroom as a preferred learning method to meet
Management competency, an IIBA® Endorsed Education the increased global training needs of their organizations.
Provider and an Accredited Training Organization (ATO) for Our Virtual Classroom provides you with interactive,
PRINCE2 and ITIL. efficient, quality training that is also cost-effective.
We are proud to be the training solution partner of • Simulation Training
choice for many top global companies. IIL’s simulation training integrates proven learning theory
with state-of-the-art computer technology and game-
What Sets Us Apart based simulation techniques to deliver lasting benefits.
Our Many Methods of Learning™ enable us to deliver We offer simulation training to communicate the value
innovative, effective and consistent training solutions and accelerate the implementation of best practices in
through a variety of learning approaches (Virtual Classroom, two of our critical markets: project management and IT
simulation training, interactive On-demand learning, service management.
traditional classroom and a blended approach).
Choosing IIL as your learning provider is the beginning of • Traditional Classroom Training
a valuable business partnership. From the first point of In addition to the public courses designed to meet the
contact, we work with you to assess your training needs needs of individuals, IIL has a best-in-class instructional
and help you choose a course or design a curriculum that design team that can customize curriculum to meet the
best suits your individual preferences and business goals. specific needs of your organization.
Once our partnership begins, you will have a wealth of
opportunities at your fingertips, including: • On-demand Training
Access learning wherever and whenever you need
• A strong network of wholly-owned IIL companies it. Our interactive on-demand courses use animation,
strategically located all over the world. We put an streaming video, computer-aided simulations and
active focus on knowledge sharing in and among our learning interactions that engage and involve users.
worldwide companies. This allows us to tap into a huge
repository of global best practices when developing • A Blended Approach
courses, delivering training or customizing learning Design your own learning experience. Our blended
solutions. We value diversity and are proud to offer many approach allows you to “mix and match” learning formats
of our programs and learning solutions customized to best suit your learning style.
and adapted to a range of international languages and
cultures.
Corporate Solutions -
It All Comes Together for Our Clients
• A roster of unparalleled trainers, consultants and We make a measurable difference for our clients, and our
mentors. Our subject matter experts are the best in results speak for themselves – a large percentage of our
their fields, and their expertise extends across industries clients are multi-year repeat customers. We have worked
and market sectors. with many of the world’s leading organizations to develop
professional skills as well as corporate capabilities and
• A comprehensive curriculum of multi-level processes.
training courses. We stay ahead of the curve when
developing curriculum, anticipating market demand as Beyond training courses, IIL provides:
well as the unique needs of our clients.
• Assessment tools such as the Kerzner Project
• Industry-recognized certificate and certification Management Maturity Model (KPM3) and our 360° Project
programs. Enabling you to earn respected credentials, Management Competency Assessment (360° PMCA™).
our programs open the door to career opportunities.
Our university affiliates are globally-recognized leaders in • Needs analyses to define gaps and address the
education and innovation. organizational and process changes needed to fill them.
www.iil.com
4 International Institute for Learning, Inc.

5. • Custom training solutions to meet the Global Reach and Consistent Top Quality
unique needs of your company. For groups Last year, we conducted classes in more than
of 12 or more, we can tailor any course or 200 countries and in over 20 languages.
program to align with your company or Our stellar roster of international trainers
team mission, values and unique business is comprised of elite professionals whose
needs. We can also deliver any course to you industry expertise is enhanced by their practical
in a private format - at your location, at one classroom experience.
of our training sites or in a virtual setting.
IIL Asia (Singapore)
The IIL team is proud to offer many of our
• Measurement of efficiency and programs and learning solutions customized
productivity performance on an individual and adapted to a range of international
as well as an organizational level, including languages and cultures.
changes in team behavior, return on training
investment and specific key performance • In Asia, we recognize the premium
benchmarks. placed on practical skills, and our courses
rely heavily on interactive tools like case
studies and exercises from participants’
• Group coaching and individual mentoring own projects. We also select one or more
sessions to help integrate lessons learned instructors according to each client
and translate knowledge into practice. organization’s outlook – a recognized
Western thought leader in some cases, a
• Process development and improvement hands-on local trainer in others.
through direct, hands-on support or
proprietary knowledge management • Our Paris office, an IIL Regional Centre
IIL Middle East (Dubai)
solutions. Our Unified Project Management® of Excellence, serves as a central hub for
Methodology (UPMM™) Software Suite the Europe, Middle East and Africa region
supports consistency and quality in the (EMEA). From this office, our multilingual
implementation of project, program and staff centralizes recruitment and scheduling
portfolio management. efforts for expert resources and reinforces
our service to clients in EMEA. In parallel, the
Developing the Tools You Need Paris staff enables IIL to adapt our products,
Many of IIL’s greatest innovations in creating courses and other services to local industrial,
new and focused tools, techniques and training cultural and linguistic specifications to serve
have come from close working partnerships our clients in Belgium, France, Morocco,
with our clients. Our instructional design Algeria, Tunisia and French-speaking Sub-
expertise allows us to develop brand new Saharan African countries.
courses and tools or refine existing ones.
• In Mexico and Latin America, we often
A few examples of this kind of collaboration are: approach state-of-the-art topics in highly
pragmatic ways to adapt learning to
• For one of the world’s leading software cultures only recently evolving into broad
developers, we trained 1,200 project industrialization.
IIL France (Paris)
managers in 22 nations over just a few
months to support the effective rollout and
adoption of their pioneering global project • In the Middle East, we offer best-in-class
management methodology and to help training throughout the region, and our
increase their internal project management trainers have extensive project experience
maturity. in every prevalent industry: oil and gas,
finance, telecommunications, construction,
information technology and manufacturing.
• For a large oil and gas company, we Our office in Dubai serves both global
delivered a series of customized Business and local clients throughout the Gulf
Analysis and project management training Cooperation Council (GCC) and beyond,
programs that helped their project offering top quality solutions to many high
managers significantly improve their on- profile businesses.
time and on-budget project delivery rates.
IIL Mexico (Mexico City)
IIL companies are based in: Toronto, London,
• For a government agency, we helped Paris, Frankfurt, Singapore, Sydney, Seoul,
reduce defects by 76% in one of their key Beijing, Hong Kong, Madrid, Mexico City, Dubai,
process areas, resulting in substantial cost Helsinki, Budapest, São Paulo, Bangalore, Tokyo,
savings. and New York City - our global headquarters.
• And for one of the world’s leading
banks, we facilitated an extensive change
management process after they had
implemented a major restructuring and
outsourcing initiative.
5

6. Training, Consulting and Course Design
About IIL At IIL, from the moment a course goes into development, we incorporate the understanding that learning must
yield practical, quantifiable benefits to have value. Both our standard and specially designed courses focus
on learning and training approaches that participants understand, assimilate and want to bring back to the
workplace.
We know that integrating lessons learned from training into daily work
flow can be a challenging process. Because we understand that there
can be a variety of barriers to implementation, we have dedicated
consultants who can be onsite - or on call - to assist and coach your
project/program managers or business analysts on an as-needed basis.
Dr. Harold Kerzner
As a part of our services, your IIL consultant will review project plans,
status reports, deliverables, and aid your project /program manager(s)
and teams in making critical decisions, re-planning and prioritizing, as
well as strategizing and handling more complex issues.
In addition to offering consulting services to our clients, we also give you the option of having one of our
certified consultants manage your project, whether for a short-term or long-term engagement. Our consultants
have significant global experience managing and completing projects on schedule and within budget, across
industries. Let one of our experts guide your team’s mission-critical projects to success!
As an IIL client, you can count on us for:
Trainers who consistently deliver measurable value. Our program
evaluations point overwhelmingly to the excellence with which our
IIL Consulting and Coaching
trainers communicate real-world knowledge based on multi-industry
work experience. And who says that learning shouldn’t be fun? Our
trainers infuse their classes with energy and a sense of discovery, making
courses engaging and interactive as well as effective. Beginning with Dr.
Harold Kerzner, Senior Executive Director who joined IIL at its inception,
our commitment to trainer excellence extends to every one of our more
than 300 educators worldwide.
Course design and customization that is truly tailored. Global
Learning Solutions (GLS) is a specialized team of solution-oriented
professionals within IIL who are dedicated to ensuring that our courses
are current and developed using only best-in-class instructional design
processes. Comprised of content specialists, instructional designers and
project managers, the GLS team has many decades of combined business
and course development experience.
Turning learning into results is one of the passions of GLS. We know how
meaningful learning leads to improved performance at the individual
IIL Classroom Course
contributor, team and organizational level. Creating customized
solutions for specific clients is also a large part of the value GLS brings
to IIL’s clients. GLS team members work closely with our educational
advisors and client contacts to provide learning solutions that capture
more than the original intent.
This comprehensive consultative approach is designed to uncover and incorporate key performance influencers
within the client’s organization. If left unidentified and unaddressed, these key performance influencers can
make the difference between moderate success and performance-enhancing success when the learner returns
to the working environment.
Global Learning Solutions aims to Improve Performance by Improving
Understanding.
GLS Team
www.iil.com
6 International Institute for Learning, Inc.

7. Accreditations
University Affiliations
Member of PMI®’s Global Executive Council
As a member of the Project Management Institute’s Global Executive Council, IIL is committed
to the advancement of project, program and portfolio management in the global community.
The Global Executive Council is designed to provide corporations with the opportunity to
support and associate with PMI directly and to develop synergies between PMI and senior New York University
executives at leading corporations worldwide.
School of Continuing Professional
Charter Global Registered Education Provider Studies (SCPS)
IIL has been recognized by PMI as a Charter Global Registered Education Provider. Attending IIL www.iil.com/nyuscps
courses is a great way to earn and maintain Professional Development Units (PDUs), and each
hour of scheduled classroom participation qualifies for one PDU. For more information on PMI’s
Professional Development Program or PMP® certification, visit www.pmi.org.
IIBA Endorsed Education Provider
IIL is an Endorsed Education Provider with the International Institute of Business Analysis. We The University of Southern California
are also proud to be an industry sponsor of IIBA. For more information, visit www.theiiba.org. Marshall School of Business
www.iil.com/uscmsb
Microsoft® Corporation
IIL is a Microsoft Partner with a Microsoft Gold Project and Portfolio Management competency. IIL works with both the NYU School of Continuing
We provide customized training solutions to help organizations enhance their project Professional Studies and the University of Southern
California Marshall School of Business to offer the very best
management capabilities using the Microsoft Project Enterprise Solution. professional training for today’s business leaders.
ACE College Credit Recommendations The certificate programs and courses we offer in
The American Council on Education (ACE) College Credit Recommendation Service (CREDIT) conjunction with our university affiliates provide our clients
has recommended several IIL courses for undergraduate and graduate ACE credits. For more with a strong advantage in the marketplace. The status
information, please visit www.acenet.edu or call ACE at +1 (202) 939-9434. of our affiliates as global network universities and our
combined worldwide reach allow for learning experiences
among a vast and diverse pool of professionals.
Certificate of Course Completion and Continuing Education Units (CEUs)
IIL is an Authorized CEU Sponsor Member of the International Association for Continuing
Our strategic alliances provide a full menu of courses and
Education and Training (IACET). CEUs are used internationally to maintain records of defined learning pathways leading toward a university
completion of organized post-secondary education. One CEU is provided for every ten hours of grade report or grade equivalency letter. Joint IIL-university
course participation. websites also assure a fast and easy administrative
experience for participants.
Continuing Professional Education (CPE) Credit
IIL is registered with the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy (NASBA) as a
sponsor of Continuing Professional Education on the National Registry of CPE Sponsors. State
boards of accountancy have final authority on the acceptance of individual courses for CPE
credit. For more information, visit www. nasba.org. Government Pricing (GSA)
Women’s Business Enterprise National Council (WBENC)
IIL has received certification from the Women’s Business Enterprise National Council (WBENC).
WBENC’s corporate member list includes such companies as IBM, Motorola, Bank of America,
Pepsi, Sears, Johnson Controls and Microsoft.
Association for Facilities Engineerng (AFE) Partnership IIL offers special training discounts for federal
IIL is a partner of AFE, the largest dedicated network in the facility, maintenance and plant government agencies and government contractors
operations profession. AFE members advance the field and their careers using the most under IIL’s GSA Federal Supply Schedule
complete range of technical information, education, best practices and sharing of common (GS-23F-9834H).
professional experiences. For more information, visit www.AFE.org.
GSA has already negotiated the prices, services and
PRINCE2® terms covering many of IIL’s project management
IIL is an APM Group (APMG) Accredited Training Organization (ATO) for PRINCE2. PRINCE2 is a onsite training and project management products.
structured, process-based approach for project management and is published by the UK-based This partnership allows IIL to offer quality training at
Office of Government and Commerce. For more information on PRINCE2 or APMG, visit a cost-efficient price.
www.apmgroupltd.com.
• Groups of 15 or more being trained Onsite can
ITIL® receive up to a 30% discount on our standard
IIL is an APM Group (APMG) Accredited Training Organization (ATO) for ITIL Foundation Course. public course prices.
ITIL (Information Technology Infrastructure Library®) is a set of best practice standards for IT • Individual government and government
Service Management. For more information on ITIL or APMG, visit www.apmgroupltd.com. contractor employees may also sign up for any
of IIL’s public and/or Virtual Classroom courses
MSP® and receive a 15% discount off the published
IIL’s Managing Successful Programmes (MSP) courses are run in partnership with AFA, an APMG prices.
ATO for MSP. For more information on MSP or APMG, visit www.apmgroupltd.com.
• Groups of five or more signing up for our public
courses and/or Virtual Classroom courses will
M_o_R®
receive a 20% discount.
IIL’s Management of Risk (M_o_R) courses are run in partnership with AFA, an APMG ATO for
M_o_R. For more information on M_o_R or APMG, visit www.apmgroupltd.com.
Accredited by
For more information about onsite, Virtual or
classroom courses, email Learning@iil.com or call
P3O®
® Ellen Murphy at +1-212-515-5116.
IIL’s Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices (P3O) courses are run in partnership with AFA, an
APMG ATO for P3O. For more information on P3O or APMG, visit www.apmgroupltd.com.
You may also access GSA’s catalogue online at
www.gsa.gov.
PMI® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. IIBA® is a registered trademark owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. Microsoft® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States 7
and other countries. PRINCE2®, ITIL®, MSP®, M_o_R®, P3O® and Information Technology Infrastructure Library® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a
Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

8. IIL Certification and Professional Certificate Tracks
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) APMC® Curriculum APMC ®
Required Courses
The Future of Project Management with
Dr. Harold Kerzner
PM BASICSTM (p. 13) 6 hours / 1 day (p. 31)
(12 hours)
Program Management: Successfully Managing
a Group of Related Projects
12 hours / 2 days (p. 41)
Managing and Leading Projects Across
Organizational Boundaries
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Prep Course (p. 27) 12 hours / 2 days (p. 82)
(21 hours / 3 days)
Electives - Choose Three
Requirements Management
12 hours / 2 days (p. 32)
Advanced Project Risk Management
12 hours / 2 days (p. 33)
Advanced Project Quality Management
The Project Management Certificate Program 12 hours / 2 days (p. 34)
Advanced Project Procurement
12 hours / 2 days (p. 35)
Vendor Relationship Management
12 hours / 2 days (p. 36)
Project Management Fundamentals (p. 14) Earned Value Management
(12 hours / 2 days) or equivalent, for those who feel they need 12 hours / 2 days (p. 37)
more training before starting this track
(optional) Global Project Management
12 hours / 2 days (p. 38)
Managing Multiple Projects
12 hours / 2 days (p. 40)
The Project Management Office
12 hours / 2 days (p. 42)
Project Management Certificate Program
Session One (18 hours / 3 days) (p. 22) Project Portfolio Management
Project Management Framework | Project Integration Management 12 hours / 2 days (p. 43)
Project Scope Management | Project Time Management
Project Cost Management | Project Control Management Agile Development and Project Management
12 hours / 2 days (p. 52)
Stakeholder Relationship Skills for Project Managers
12 hours / 2 days (p. 74)
Conflict Resolution for Project Managers
12 hours / 2 days (p. 78)
Project Management Certificate Program
Session Two (24 hours / 4 days) (pp. 22-23) Leadership Skills for Project Managers
Project Risk Management | Project HR Management 12 hours / 2 days (p. 79)
Project Quality Management | Project Procurement Management
Project Communication Management | Professional Responsibility Writing and Managing Requirements
PMP® Preparation and Review Documents
12 hours / 2 days (p. 89)
Developing the Business Case
12 hours / 2 days (p. 92)
These sessions are also available in a FAST TRACK five-day program. Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt
12 hours / 2 days (p. 97)
www.iil.com
8 International Institute for Learning, Inc.

9. IIL Certification and Professional Certificate Tracks (continued)
Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACP®) Microsoft® Project and Project Server Certifications
Business Analysis Fundamentals (12 hours / 2 days) (p. 87) Project White Belt® 2007 / 2010 (p. 64)
Getting Started with Microsoft® Project 2007 / 2010
(12 hours / 2 days)
Facilitation Skills for Business Analysts (18 hours / 3 days) (p. 88)
Project Orange Belt® 2007 / 2010 (p. 65)
Managing Projects with Microsoft Office Project 2007 / 2010
(18 hours / 3 days)
Writing and Managing Requirements Documents (12 hours / 2 days) (p. 89)
Project Blue Belt® 2007 / 2010 (p. 66)
Business Process Modeling (18 hours / 3 days) (p. 90) Managing Projects with Microsoft Office Project Server 2007 / 2010
(18 hours / 3 days)
Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP®) Prep Course Project Black Belt® 2007 / 2010 (p. 67)
(12 hours / 2 days) - only available to those enrolled in the BACP Managing Projects and Programs with Microsoft Office Project Server 2007 /
(optional) 2010t
Lean Six Sigma Certification PRINCE2® / MSP® / M_o_R® / P3O®
PRINCE2 Passport Foundation
Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Program (p. 97) PRINCE2 Foundation + Exam
(On-Demand)
(12 hours / 2 days) (3 days) (p. 58)
+
+
PRINCE2 Passport Practitioner
PRINCE2 Practitioner + Exam
(On-Demand)
(2 days) (p. 59)
(p. 60)
Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Certification Program (p. 98)
(48 hours / 8 days)
M_o_R (Management of Risk)
Foundation + Exam (3 days)
MSP (Managing Practitioner + Exam (2 days)
Successful Programmes)
Foundation Practitioner P3O (Portfolio, Programme
+ Both Exams and Project Offices)
Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Certification Program (p. 99) (4 days) (p. 61) Foundation + Exam (3 days)
(48 hours / 8 days) Practitioner + Exam (2 days)
(p. 62)
ITIL® Certifications Professional Certification Preparation (PMI® )
ITIL Overview = PoleStarTM ITSM Simulation (p. 54) Prep Course for the Risk Management Professional Exam (PMI-RMP®)
(1 Day) (p. 44)
(optional)
ITIL Foundation + Exam (p. 55) Prep Course for the Scheduling Professional Exam (PMI-SP®)
(3 days) (p. 45)
IIL will soon be offering Prep Course for the Program Management Professional Exam (PgMP®)
Intermediate and Expert Level ITIL Certifications (p. 46)
9

10. allPM.com is your gateway to...
Content, Connection and Community
Take advantage of IIL’s free web portal, aggregating project Resources
management white papers, templates, job postings, products and • Monthly PM Newsletter, allPM Today
services. Content-rich and current, allPM.com is a critical resource for • Project Management Articles and White Papers
today’s project manager. • Discussion Forums
• Calendar of PM Events
Connect with your peers all over the world in our forums. Network, • Project Management News
y
read, share and even submit your own article for publication. • PM Tip of the Day
• Templates for Project Managers
allPM.com is a valu
om valuable resource featuring volumes of information,
source • PM Job Postings
s,
tools, articles, tips and other project-related necessities. • Reviews of PM Products and Services
• Project Management Glossary
Proje Mana ement Glo ry
Memb
Membership is FREE, and the benefits are invaluable.
nvaluable • Blogs and Podcasts
nd Po casts
Log in for instant access to an ever-expanding knowledge center of
nstant kno ge cente Forums
F rums
bes
best practices and ideas from project management thought leaders
ces managemen ught lea • Proje Mana ement – Car er and Job Talk
Project Management Career
e egion.
in every region. • Micro oft® Office Project – Discussion and Assistance
Microsoft® O iscussion Ass
• Project Management Software and Tool
Proje Mana emen are Tools
Beco
Become a member today! Visit allPM.com and sign up. • PM C tificat n
Certification
• PM H p!
Help!
• Best Practices
actice
• Project Management Office
Proje Mana emen
• Students of Project Management
• Lean Six Sigma and Quality

11. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
In today’s rapidly changing business environment, project
management (PM) has become a core competency for all
organizations. Whether you’re in industry or government, you must
be able to successfully manage internal projects to stay competitive.
The discipline of PM applies constantly evolving principles,
concepts, tools and techniques to improve project performance
and organizational effectiveness. When properly aligned with
company goals and objectives, PM adds value by improving your
ability to consistently deliver the right products - on time and within
budget - while increasing client satisfaction and employee retention.
Projects are complex, collaborative efforts frequently involving the participation of stakeholders from various parts of an
organization. To be successful, project managers must not only be knowledgeable of professional best practices - they
must also be flexible and adaptable to evolving life cycles, methods, tools and techniques. The same type of project
in differing environments may require a customized application of accepted PM principles. The most effective project
managers have the ability to make adjustments based on moment-to-moment assessments of current conditions, while
operating within the context of a comprehensive plan that makes use of consistent methods and past experience.
Project management has become a focal point of internal improvement efforts – particularly those efforts designed to
give organizations a competitive edge. To further a company’s capabilities, Project Management Offices and Centers of
Excellence are being established, global benchmarking studies are being conducted, and the most successful organiza-
tions are focusing on continuous improvement and innovation of their PM practices.
The next two sections of our catalogue are dedicated to our wide curriculum on project, program and portfolio
management. The PM Core and Intermediate section features courses targeted to those relatively new to the project
management profession. In these classes you will learn fundamental PM concepts and hone the skills and techniques
needed to ensure successful project outcomes.
A standout in this section is IIL’s capstone course, The Project Management Certificate Program: The Kerzner
Approach® to Project Management Excellence. It is designed to build your skills and abilities as a project manager,
while at the same time preparing you in-depth for the PMI® Project Management Professional (PMP®) exam.
PoleStar PM Simulation is a new one-day traditional classroom course that integrates proven learning theory with
TM
computer technology and game-based simulation to deliver a high-impact, holistic learning experience. For onsite
course delivery, simulation training can also be integrated into many of our other courses, accelerating and enhancing
your team’s learning experience.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
The Kerzner Approach® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. PoleStar™ is a Trademark of G2G3 Propulsion.
11

12. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Project Management for Non-Project Managers
Introduction to the Components and Techniques of Managing Projects
It is not uncommon for people unfamiliar with • Identify why project management is critical Technical Skills in Project Management
project management to be put in positions to business success • Project selection and governance
to support projects and project managers. • Identify the five process groups and nine • Project planning tools
They may even be asked to lead projects. To knowledge areas and how they support the • Project baselines, tracking and reporting
be a more effective project team member or project management process • Change control concepts
team leader - or even if you are in a project • Describe the importance of both soft skills
support role - a basic understanding of project and technical skills for the project manager Summary
management principles is essential. • What did we learn, and how can we
Course Overview implement this in our work environments?
This course introduces the concepts and
techniques included in PMI®’s A Guide to Foundation Concepts
the Project Management Body of Knowledge • Project management overview Incorporate Simulation into this Course
(PMBOK® Guide). It provides insight into the • Products, programs and projects
role of a project manager, as well as giving • Formal versus informal project management Want this course delivered onsite to your
suggestions on how support personnel can aid • Types of project organizations company or team? Enhance the class experi-
in the success of a project. • Power dimensions ence by adding real-world simulation into the
• Project life cycles mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
Prerequisites • Successful projects simulation integrates proven learning theory
with leading-edge computer technology and
There are no prerequisites for this course Project Management and Business Success game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• Strategic business value of project lasting benefits.
Course Level management
Basic • Business success and project management Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Who Should Attend Project Management Processes
Managers, executives or non-project managers • The five process groups:
working in a project environment, or - Initiating process group
professionals who work with project managers - Planning process group
- Executing process group
Performance Focus - Monitoring and controlling process
• Gaining a fundamental understanding group
of the components and tools of project - Closing process group
management
• Describing the five project management Project Management Knowledge Areas
process groups required for any project • Project integration management
• Exploring the nine knowledge areas of • Project scope management
project management • Project time management
• Distinguishing between hard and soft skills • Project cost management
as applied to different aspects of project • Project quality management
management • Project human resource management
• Reviewing how several technical planning • Project communication management
tools are used to manage projects • Project risk management
• Project procurement management
What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to: Soft Skills in Project Management
• Describe how project management can • Hard versus soft skills
support your company • Leadership and management
• Discuss the strategic and business value of • Negotiation
project management • Conflict management
• Distinguish between formal and informal • Team building and motivation
project management
• Describe various types of organizations and
how they interact with project management
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8928 / Four 3-hour sessions #8214 / 2 Days #PA8928/ Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
12 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

13. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
PM BASICS™
Project Management Fundamentals at Your Fingertips
Do you or your team members want to Including post-tests after every section as well “Simply stated, PM BASICS is the best on-demand course
improve the way projects are managed? as a master test at the end, PM BASICS can ever developed for learning the fundamental principles
also be used by senior management as a tool and processes of project management.”
Do you want to hone the skills, techniques and to assess the level of PM capability within an
tools needed to ensure extraordinary project organization. - Harold Kerzner, Ph.D.
outcomes?
Key Benefits and Features
Do you want the flexibility to train at your own
pace, location and time of your choosing? • Presents PMBOK Guide-aligned terminology
and approach
If you answered yes to any of the above
questions, then you need IIL’s PM BASICS™. • Provides key project management tools
including forms and checklists that you can
What is PM BASICS? use on the job and a comprehensive project
PM BASICS is a 12-hour self-paced, management bibliography and reference
multimedia training program that teaches resource
the fundamentals of project management
across all areas of PMI®’s A Guide to the Project • Addresses critical soft skills such as
Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® interpersonal communication and conflict
Guide). Dynamic and interactive, the course management as well as the hard skills
has a friendly and easy-to-use interface and of scheduling, estimating and project
includes real-world case studies and exercises reporting
to ensure increased retention.
• Allows for flexible scheduling of multiple
The on-demand equivalent of our two-day employees and team members while
Project Management Fundamentals course, PM ensuring all participants take away a
BASICS gives you top-quality content as well as common language and methodology
the flexibility to learn at your own pace.
• Gives a comprehensive, content-rich
The course is divided into six major parts, curriculum of material in just 12 hours -- and
including the Program Introduction plus a is comparable with what you would learn
section dedicated to each of the five Project during a two-day instructor-led course
Management process groups: initiating,
planning, executing, monitoring and • This on-demand course will integrate with
controlling and closing. Mastery is ensured virtually all Learning Management Systems
through reference to real-life projects, video
case studies and key exercises built into each
module.
Global Project Management Best Practices
Utilized by organizations all over the world, PM
BASICS has revolutionized the way companies
are pursuing project management. This on-
demand course is the most cost-effective way
to train one or a multitude of employees to use
a proven project management methodology.
Many top global companies use PM BASICS
to create a standardized project management
methodology across their entire enterprise.
By establishing this common project
management language, they are achieving the
first level of proficiency in their Organizational
Project Management Maturity.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with an interactive online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
PS204i / 12 hours
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 13
PM BASICS™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. This course was authored by PM expert George Pitagorsky, PMP.

14. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Project Management Fundamentals
Completing Projects on Time and Within Budget While Increasing Customer Satisfaction
Many projects are performed by highly What You Will Learn • Using the WBS to facilitate project
competent and effective people who have little You’ll learn how to: development
or no project management training. They • Describe the project management process
perform projects like process improvement, and its benefits Risk Management
marketing campaign development, new prod- • Use project management vocabulary and • Defining risk management
uct development, event planning, production terminology • Benefits of risk management in project
and other “tasks” which are projects. Learning • Identify characteristics of a successful project management
project management on the job is an unneces- and create an initial project plan • Risk management processes and tools
sary burden in an already challenging position. • Perform the major aspects of project
initiation, project control and close-out Estimating
This course provides practical skills, concepts • Identify and describe organizational change • Defining an estimate
and principles you can take back to the job, issues in implementing project management • Specific types and methods of estimating
along with insights you’ll need to adapt them • The estimating process
to specific project environments. Course Overview • Program Evaluation and Review Technique
(PERT)
The goal of this course is to achieve quality Getting Started • Final estimate development and validation
performance through effective planning and • Introductions
control. We use a process orientation and an • Course structure Scheduling
analytical, systems-oriented approach to prob- • Course goals and objective • Scheduling techniques
lem solving and decision making. Throughout • Using a WBS
the course, we integrate the need for collabora- Foundation Concepts • Critical path method
tion and clear communications among people, • Project management (PM) process overview • Risk assessment and logical schedule
often in multiple organizations. • Focus and benefits of PM alternatives
• Critical PM skills
Prerequisites • Concept of competing demands (update on Execution and Project Control
There are no prerequisites for this course the classical triple constraints) • Elements of project control
• Status reporting
Course Level Project Life Cycle • Change control
Basic • Project life cycle overview • Earned value analysis
• Phases, tasks, deliverables and steps • Variance analysis and corrective action
Who Should Attend • Variations on the life cycle • Project closing/project transition
This course is for people responsible for • Checkpoints and milestones • Post-project evaluations
managing, leading, coordinating and working • Project selection
on projects who have limited experience or • Project governance Collaboration and Organizational Change
knowledge of practical, formal project manage- • Roles and responsibilities of the project • Overview of the PM process
ment methods. Among those who can benefit manager and the project sponsor • Teams
from this course are: • Roles and responsibilities of the team • Motivation and expectancy theory
• Members of process and performance • Initiating the project and developing the • Change and continuous improvement
improvement teams project charter
• Participants in research and development • Linking project objectives to the project Summary
• Business planning coordinators team structure • What did we learn, and how can we
• Technical service and support staff implement this in our work environments?
• Operations people in financial services Requirements
• Administrators and managers responsible • Conducting stakeholder assessments Incorporate Simulation into this Course
for coordinating, facilitating or managing • Understanding and managing resistance
projects and programs • Communicating and refining requirements Want this course delivered onsite to your
• Technical professionals and engineers • Defining product/service requirements company or team? Enhance the class experi-
moving into project leadership and • Change control process ence by adding real-world simulation into the
coordination positions • Communications mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
• Marketing, training and technical writing simulation integrates proven learning theory
professionals Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) with leading-edge computer technology and
• Six Sigma professionals • The central role of the WBS game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• Developing a usable WBS lasting benefits.
• Using the WBS to clarify product constraints
and activities Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8820 / Four 3-hour sessions #8212 / 2 Days #PA8820 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
14 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

15. Mastering the Fundamentals of Managing Projects
PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Case Studies, Group Exercises and Practical Experience
Led by Your Company’s Trainer
Mastering the Fundamentals of Managing • Address project initiating and planning
What is Blended Learning?
Projects is a blended learning program issues
designed to teach the principles, key concepts • Identify the major components of project
and core techniques of project management monitoring and controlling, executing and Blended learning streamlines the
for practical application in an organization. closing learning process by allocating each
This comprehensive course collection • Describe the critical need for effective part of the process to the most
combines self-paced learning with face-to-face interpersonal relationships and effective media.
instruction, in which group exercises and communication
dialogue activate and enhance tacit • Identify and describe cultural change issues For example, it is widely recognized
knowledge gained online. in implementing project management that learning hard skills, definitions
• Identify the nine Knowledge Areas and basic concepts is accomplished
With a unique spin on a “Train the Trainer” presented in PMI®’s A Guide to the Project most efficiently in a self-paced
approach, course materials include a detailed Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® media, while deeper exploration
Instructor Guide so that a qualified trainer from Guide) and application are best done with a
your own company can facilitate the in-class live instructor in a virtual or physical
learning portion of the course. Also included Course Materials classroom setting.
are Participant Workbooks, case studies, exer- For the Instructor
cises and solutions, PowerPoint decks and A detailed Instructor Guide provides your
other supplemental materials. trainer with in-depth support in delivering the
course. The Instructor Guide includes:
One of the many benefits of this comprehen- • A general overview and rationale for each
sive course collection is that one of your own module
people can lead a high-quality workshop • The key points associated with each slide
without your company having to go through • Discussion ideas
the lengthy - and risky - course development • Directions for how to handle all activities or
process. Your instructor is encouraged to make exercises and debriefs
the course his or her own by incorporating • Suggested timing
personal examples and experiences relevant to
your company’s business. In addition to receiving a set of Instructor
Slides, your trainer will be given access to
Course Sections a two-hour, recorded online session on
This course collection is comprised of two Instructor Best Practices for the course. The
sections: the self-paced learning portion (PM instructor will also receive a set of all of the
BASICS™ - see page 13) and the in-class learn- participant materials, as well as access to the
ing portion, which is facilitated by your own PM BASICS online self-paced portion of the
qualified instructor. course.
Core knowledge is presented in the self-paced For the Participants
segment and then reinforced within the The Participant Workbook contains images of
practical context of the in-class experience. the slides used in the course, as well as notes
and comments that elaborate on the slide
What Participants Will Learn contents. The workbook is used in the
Participants will learn how to: classroom for keeping participants focused on
• Describe the project management process the content and as a place to make notes.
in terms of its major process groups:
- Initiating After the class, the workbook becomes a In addition to comprehensive course materials, all participants
- Planning resource to remind participants what they will receive access to the PM BASICS online self-paced portion
- Executing have learned and to use with applying the new of the course (for more details, see page 13).
- Monitoring and controlling knowledge and skills gained from attending
- Closing the course. The workbook also includes a set of
• Use project management vocabulary and Exercises and Case Studies.
terminology
• Identify the characteristics of a successful
project and the factors leading to its success
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
Contact your local IIL company for details Contact your local IIL company for details Contact your local IIL company for details
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 15
PM BASICS™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

16. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Managing Project Scope
Improve Your Projects’ Probability of Success
The Standish Group continually reports scope What You Will Learn Monitoring and Controlling Scope
creep as a major contributor to project failure You will learn: • Explain the importance of establishing
internationally. While scope is always dealt • The full spectrum of processes that control procedures for managing projects
with as a component of a larger workshop, constantly interact during a project life cycle and, in particular, scope
it is seldom focused on exclusively in a one- and impact scope • Establish an escalation process to facilitate
day workshop. This program is designed to • The nature and characteristics of resolution of scope-related issues
demonstrate how effectively managing scope requirements definition • Explain the importance of scope verification
requires constant vigilance and discipline • How to create and obtain sign-off of a scope and the procedures for making sure the
throughout the entire project life cycle. document scope has been delivered as committed
• How to decompose a scope document into
This course follows the project cycle, focusing a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Project Closeout
specifically on the tools and techniques • How to activate Integrated Change Control • Describe the three major types of project
required to effectively manage scope. At very early in the project life cycle closing activities (deployment, evaluation,
each phase you will learn the pitfalls and • How to manage scope during the execution knowledge management)
best practices, that when applied, can be a project phase • Develop a checklist for project deployment
significant factor in success. And while scope is • How to verify scope and document lessons activities
only one part of the iron triangle, it can have a learned • Explain the different types of post-project
direct bearing on cost and time outcomes for • A framework for self-assessment in the area evaluations, their respective challenges and
a project. of scope management key behaviors some ideas for meeting those challenges
• Facilitate scope verification as part of the
Join us for this exciting program and learn Course Overview project closure exercise
how a few basic scope management principles
implemented in a straightforward and Getting Started Summary
logical process can significantly improve your • Introductions • What did we learn, and how can we
probability for project success. • Course structure implement this in our work environments?
• Course goals and objective
Prerequisites
Foundation Concepts
There are no prerequisites for this course • Describe the content and intent of the
project scope statement
Course Level • State the contents of the four high-level
Basic documents used to get the project
requirements definition started
Who Should Attend • State the value and intent of creating the
You should attend this workshop if you man- project proposal and the project charter
age single and/or multiple projects within • Outline how to perform a stakeholder
your organization. Members of the Project assessment to capture the voice of the
Management Office, project and resource project customer
managers and team leaders will benefit from
the program. Progressive Elaboration of Scope
• Describe the intent and process of the
Performance Focus progressive elaboration
The goal of the course is to equip you with the • Articulate the purpose of a Systems
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques Development Life Cycle (SDLC) process and
so that managing scope becomes an ongoing its relationship to scope management
process throughout the life of the project. The • Explain the scope elaboration process steps
plan is also to turn scope management into a and related documents
team game. • Describe how to analyze stakeholder needs
and requirements
• Recognize pitfalls and best practices in the
progressive elaboration of scope
• Describe scope elaboration requirements
within the vendor and contract
management environment
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8930 / Two 3-hour sessions #5024 / 1 Day #PA8930 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
16 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

17. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
WBS – The Keystone of Project Management
Improve Your Project Planning
It’s amazing how often project managers What You Will Learn WBS and Scheduling
begin the project planning process by making You will learn how to: • Component scheduling – high-level
an outlined list of every task they believe • Describe the need for a project WBS milestones
will be required to complete a project and • Construct a WBS • Dependencies between work packages
then proclaim they have created the Work • Determine the appropriate level of detail in - Mandatory (hard)
Breakdown Structure (WBS) for the project. The the WBS - Discretionary (soft)
result is a list of hundreds, or even thousands of • Describe the WBS role in the project - External
tasks, many of them having durations of a few • Gain practical experience in the • Work package level schedules
days or a few hours. development, decomposition and use of
the WBS WBS and Execution and Control
Essentially, what they have done is create a • Know how the WBS supports and • Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM)
“to do” list, which they then use as a checklist integrates with project requirements, risk, chart used to clarify work package
to measure progress. This approach leads to, procurement, estimating, scheduling and responsibilities
and even encourages, micromanagement of overall project execution • Earned Value Management and tracking of
the resources working on the project without work performance
consideration of more critical aspects of Course Overview • Progress reports, forecasts and corrective
project management such as requirements and preventive actions used to manage
management, risk management, procurement Getting Started work performance
management, estimating, scheduling, • Introductions
executing and controlling. Further, it makes it • Course structure Summary
impossible to see the big picture - at levels of • Course goals and objectives • What did we learn, and how can we
detail - in keeping with the needs of sponsors, implement this in our work environments?
clients, project and functional managers, team Introduction
leaders and project performers. • Key definitions
• History of the WBS
Join us for this exciting course and learn how to • Importance of the WBS
use the WBS to make better-informed business • Overall structure
decisions. • Terminology
• Other breakdown structures
Prerequisites • WBS tools
Basic project management training or
equivalent experience WBS and Requirements
• Project scope management processes
Course Level • Specify the project objectives
Intermediate/Advanced • WBS design based on project deliverable
• WBS decomposition process
Who Should Attend • The “100% rule”
You should attend this workshop if you • The WBS and activity definition
manage single and/or multiple projects within
your organization. Members of the Project WBS and Risk
Management Office, project and resource man- • Using risk identification to enhance the WBS
agers, team leaders and executives will benefit • Risk at the project or overall requirements
from the program. level
• Risk breakdown structure or taxonomies
Performance Focus • Risk management plan – risk components
The goal of the course is to equip you with the and work packages
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques so
that you can develop an effective WBS for use WBS and Estimating
in planning, executing and controlling your • Use of WBS in the estimating process
next project and to provide the basic tools to • Components and work packages
enhance efficient re-use of key information in • Sizing and algorithmic estimates
future projects. • Estimating types and usages
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8807 / Four 3-hour sessions #5012 / 2 Days #PA8807 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 17

18. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
PoleStar™ PM Simulation
Propelling the Enterprise to Faster, Better Results
Who Should Attend Round Three
Among those who would benefit from this • Sharing the vision
learning experience are project and program • Project management tools - critical path
managers, project team members, operational • Analysis, Arrow Diagramming Method
managers, project planners, clients/end users, • Precedence Diagramming Method
executive sponsors, steering committees and • Managing risk
operational staff. • Project closing
• Project success
Performance Focus
The goal of this workshop is to improve
the organizational appreciation for and The PoleStar PM Simulation
performance of project management by
building energized and successful project
This interactive simulation is a high-impact, teams; accelerating understanding of Project The ability to display real business
energetic and fun way to accelerate and Portfolio Management best practices and performance improvement as a direct
understanding, involvement and acceptance promoting the use of these practices toward result of better project performance is
of Project and Portfolio Management (PPM) project, program and/or organizational a distinguishing feature of PoleStar PM
best practices in an organization. success. simulation. As participants progress
through the rounds, they witness the
Facilitated over one day in the fast-paced What You Will Learn actual impact of their actions on the
world of global online retail, the PoleStar PM You’ll learn how to: fictional business they are supporting.
Simulation brings to life the project-based • Effectively manage projects based upon So not only do participants learn to use
behavioral and process issues faced by organiza- project management best practices project management tools and tech-
tions. Authenticity is achieved through realistic • Create a shared understanding of a project niques, they recognize their value and
scenarios to which participants can directly relate with key stakeholders are more motivated to apply what they
and with which they will be surprisingly famil- • Obtain commitment to a project’s vision and have learned.
iar. This unique experiential learning approach goals
causes breakthrough understanding of PPM best • Apply the most appropriate project The outcome is a powerful combination of
practices and transforms learning into an engag- management practices at each stage of the improved capabilities and a holistic under-
ing and highly memorable shared experience. project management life cycle standing that the main objective of Project
• Successfully plan, monitor and control project and Portfolio Management is ultimately to
Normally delivered over three rounds, the scope, schedule and cost, using a practical improve business performance.
PoleStar PM simulation introduces key PPM project risk management approach
components using fast-paced, highly-interac-
tive gaming dynamics. Progressing through the Course Overview
rounds, project delivery improves via the
successful application of PPM tools and Round One
techniques, which are introduced and explained • Working in silos (Operations, Business, Project
at key points in the participants’ learning cycle. Office)
• Poor project initiation and communication
These practices allow the teams to deliver • Poor planning
projects of increasing interdependency and • Poor monitoring and control - scope, schedule
complexity, while experiencing the true value and cost
of working in an effective project team in the • Lack of business awareness
context of the surrounding business environ-
ment. This course is aligned with both Project Round Two
Management Institute (PMI®) and APM Group • Working together
(APMG) standards. • Improved initiation/planning
• Improved monitoring and control
Prerequisites • Project management tools - Gantt chart
Experience working in or being impacted by • Work Breakdown Structures
organizational projects • Planning adaptive action
Course Level
Basic/Intermediate
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#3041/ 1 Day
CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7
18 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc. PoleStar™ is a Trademark of G2G3 Propulsion.

19. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Project Estimating and Scheduling
Creating Realistic Schedules and Budgets
Establishing realistic estimates and schedules • Implement useful adjustments to Budget, Risk and Contingency Planning
for projects that support business objectives preliminary schedules • Overview of budget, risk and contingency
and meet client expectations is one of the • Establish realistic schedule and cost planning
most challenging aspects of project planning. baselines, with appropriate risk • Determining budget
Delivering those results within the agreed- management plans • Planning risk management
upon time, cost and quality constraints is also • Explain the value of and interpret reports • Planning contingency reserves
very challenging. using Earned Value Management (EVM)
to manage time and cost performance on Project Baseline and Control
Attempting to meet impossible deadlines with projects • Baseline concepts
limited budgets leads to unplanned product • Negotiating and the project baseline
shortfalls, which cause long-term support and Course Overview • Earned Value Management (EVM)
utilization problems. We have all anguished • Project variances and corrective actions
about this recurring problem, but without Getting Started • Facilitating control through reporting
having the skills or knowledge to take action, • Introductions
we are unable to break the cycle! • Course structure Summary
• Course goals and objective • What did we learn, and how can we
The goal of this course is to equip you with the implement this in our work environments?
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques so Foundation Concepts
that you can establish realistic schedules and • Project management basic concepts
budgets for projects that support business • Project Estimating and Scheduling (PES)
objectives and meet client expectations. • Key driver: the competing project demands
• PES process overview
Prerequisites • PES success factors
Basic project management training or
equivalent experience Project Definition and the Work Breakdown
Structure
Course Level • Project definition overview
Intermediate/Advanced • Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) concepts
• Decomposition: key technique for
Who Should Attend developing the WBS
Those who can benefit from this course
include project managers, as well as all project Resource Planning
team members who participate in creating, • Resource planning overview
implementing and/or controlling project • Identifying resource requirements
schedules. • Identifying and filling resource gaps
• Applying resource planning tools
Performance Focus
• Developing realistic schedules and cost Duration Estimating
estimates • Estimating overview
• Leveraging the most appropriate tools and • Estimating perspectives
techniques for establishing these realistic • Estimating techniques
schedules and cost estimates • Duration estimating best practices
• Using the baseline and additional tools and
techniques to effectively control project Project Scheduling
performance • Project scheduling overview
• Dependencies and the project network
What You Will Learn diagram
You’ll learn how to: • Critical Path Method (CPM)
• Use the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) as • Optimizing the project schedule
the basis for effective resourcing, estimating
and scheduling on projects
• Estimate durations using a variety of
techniques
• Develop reliable preliminary schedules
using the critical path method
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8808 / Four 3-hour sessions #5002 / 2 Days #PA8808 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 19

20. Project JumpStart®
PM Core and Intermediate Courses
The Workshop Designed to Launch Projects Faster
This workshop is not a conventional training attendance is strictly capped at 20 participants • Types of relationships and constraints
program. Project JumpStart is a three-day, to ensure an ideal level of interaction and • Value of slack float
hands-on workshop during which you and personalization. • Resource allocation
your team members will work on an actual • Network development, analysis and
project from your organization. An experienced Workshop Preparation scheduling
IIL project management consultant will guide Be sure to bring with you to the workshop: • Fine-tuning, logic checking, what if?
your team throughout the workshop. You’ll • Supporting documentation related to your • Effective communications
learn practical and creative ways to ensure a target projects
successful and speedy project launch. • Your laptop computers Executing and Controlling
• Preparing a presentation for management
You will discover methods for identifying Course Overview • Project execution and control
clear project objectives and will have the • The five baselines
opportunity to apply many ideas and concepts Getting Started • Updating the schedule
from other project teams participating in the • Introductions • Earned value
workshop. You will also develop a new skill set • Course structure • Balanced “scorecarding”
for leading your own team. At the conclusion of • Course goals and objective • Making up time
Project JumpStart, your team will have a clear • Participant expectations • Corrective action, alternatives and
understanding of and commitment to a approaches
completed, detailed project plan which will Initiating • Using reserves
allow you to JumpStart project execution • Overview of project management in a
immediately! competitive business environment Closing
• Project selection • Completion versus termination
Prerequisites • Roles and responsibilities • Identifying control and execution issues
Basic project management training or • Project charter • Project transition
equivalent experience • Team charter • Management presentation
• Project requirements and definition • Post-workshop coordination
Course Level • Stakeholder identification and assessment
Intermediate
Planning
• Defining project requirements Incorporate Simulation into this Course
• Get projects started faster than ever before • Scope definition documentation
• Tackle more projects with the time you save • Change control process Want this course delivered onsite to your
launching each one • Expediting desirable change company or team? Enhance the class experi-
• Ensure measurably better project outcomes • Document specific activities and plans ence by adding real-world simulation into the
• Gain a clear understanding of the resources • Stakeholder assessment mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
needed to successfully complete your • Requirements definition simulation integrates proven learning theory
project • Assumption and constraint documentation with leading-edge computer technology and
• Learn how to measure the success of your • Change control process definition game-based simulation techniques to deliver
project • Work breakdown structure (WBS): value, lasting benefits.
• Understand how working on the right things definitions, procedures, responsibility matrix,
can dramatically accelerate progress templates, draft responsibility assignment Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
• Use your comprehensive workshop manual matrix (RACI)
as an ongoing reference tool when you’re • Risk management: definition, benefits,
back on the job processes and tools, quantification, response
• Get plenty of interaction and personalized planning, control, contingency, identifying
help from IIL‘s consultant the top ten risk events
• Estimating: definition, what to estimate,
Who Should Attend methods of estimating, estimating process,
Since this is a hands-on workshop and not a validation, resource planning
typical training course, we suggest that you
plan to attend Project JumpStart with two to RAM review
four members of your project team. It is desir- • Network development, analysis and
able that your designated team leader has had scheduling
experience participating in at least one other • Learning by doing, precedence diagrams
project. Each class should focus on no more • Critical path method analysis
than five different projects, and the class • Schedule types
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8305 / 3 Days
CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21
20 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Project JumpStart® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

21. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Project Leadership Simulation Program
Build Strong Relationships and Teams
• Develop defensible project plans covering • Managing relationships beyond the project
project definition, schedule, resources, team
contingencies, quality and budget
• Use project management tools and Clearly Analyze Project Information and
techniques to effectively plan, track and Report Status and Needs
control projects • Establishing a project control system to
• Improve project team performance manage work in progress
• Enhance interpersonal effectiveness • Developing project control information –
• Analyze project information and report status project metrics, reporting, monitoring work,
and needs clearly meetings, informal discussions – to predict
• Identify complex trade-offs in project project variances
decisions, considering all possible • Tracking and monitoring direct and indirect
This highly interactive workshop combines consequences measures of project objectives
lectures, video, process consultation, group • Balancing attention to appropriate project
discussions and assessment instruments with Course Overview detail while keeping an eye on the big
both action and reflection. Participants will gain picture and outcomes
hands-on experience using a computer-aided Develop Defensible Project Plans
simulation to build a thorough project plan. • Defining project purpose, objectives, Complex Project Trade-off Decisions
requirements and constraints • Integrating the best plans for resources,
Over the course of four days, participants make • Building project schedules risk management, scheduling, quality
decisions in a team environment while plan- • Planning resource allocation management and costing to build a
ning and implementing a simulated project. • Managing project uncertainties consistent project strategy
Participants will also be asked to manage their • Planning for quality • Balancing the various resources available
teams. The simulation environment of this • Building justifiable budgets through cost – contractors, internal staff, vendors,
workshop provides a laboratory to practice and accumulation and analysis technology, and training – with project
enhance interpersonal, leadership and team- requirements to optimize implementation
building skills, as well as to build your capability Apply PM Tools and Techniques to Effectively efforts
as a project manager. Plan, Track and Control Projects • Continuously prioritizing work efforts during
• Planning the project life cycle
Prerequisites • Tracking/controlling • Evaluating alternatives to address project
Basic project management training or • Understanding the benefits and capabilities variances during implementation and
equivalent experience of project management software diagnosing the outcome of the alternatives
selected
Course Level Improve Project Team Performance • Trading-off project objectives during
Intermediate • Understanding how teams work within the execution to achieve project priorities
dimensions and stages of team development • Accepting and managing short-term
Who Should Attend • Assessing team strengths and weaknesses consequences to ensure beneficial long-term
The program is designed for: project, product • Applying process observation and feedback results
and program managers; project leaders and • Team-building methods
administrators; team leaders and members; field • Managing team differences When to Focus on Task and When to Focus on
staff members; project, design, industrial and • Building team involvement, commitment, Process
manufacturing engineers; sales, operations and trust and consensus • Understanding the interrelationships,
functional managers; systems analysts; software • Facilitating the team process: removing connections and consequences of project
and systems developers; human resource exec- blockages, managing meetings, problem issues and subsequent project decisions
utives; information technology professionals; solving during execution
research and development managers; market- • Addressing both task and process factors
ing directors; project support staff or others Improve Interpersonal Effectiveness at appropriate times to address project
involved directly or indirectly with projects, for • Giving and receiving personal feedback problems
virtually every industry that needs more than • Understanding your team leadership style • Building both people and work outcomes
just project management fundamentals. • Developing followership/knowing when to into project success criteria
follow
What You Will Learn • Influencing the project process and
You’ll learn how to: outcomes
• Recognize when to focus on a task and when • Effectively communicating and actively
to focus on a process listening Program developed by Palatine Group/Management Worlds
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8111 / 4 Days
CEU Credits: 2.8 / PDU Credits: 28 / CPE Credits: 33
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 21

22. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
The Project Management Certificate Program
The Kerzner Approach® to Project Management Excellence
This program is designed to build your skills • Project Cost Management covers establishing Project Scope Management
and abilities as a professional project manager a project budget and understanding how to • Project scope planning
while preparing you in-depth for PMI®’s Project estimate the cost of a given project. • Project scope definition
Management Professional (PMP®) exam. • Scope statement
• Project Control Management stresses an • Statement of work
You will learn practical skills as well as concepts integrated approach for controlling a project. • Work breakdown structure (WBS)
and principles that you can take back to the job, • Decomposition
while gaining insight into ways to adapt these • Project Risk Management is a critical area • Responsibility assignment matrix (RAM)
skills to specific project environments. You will which enables participants to comprehend • Scope verification
also learn in detail about each of the nine what is needed in identifying risk events, • Scope control
knowledge areas within PMI’s A Guide to the analyzing them and developing strategies for
Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® handling them. Project Time Management
Guide). • Project time management processes
• Project Human Resources Management • Natural transition from scope management
Prerequisites addresses essential staffing and leadership • Activity definition processes
Basic project management training or equivalent issues for the project team. • WBS decomposition
experience • Activity sequencing
• Project Quality Management ensures there is • Precedence diagramming method
Course Level a plan for managing, assuring and controlling • Precedence relationships
Intermediate the project’s quality. • Activity resource estimating
• Activity duration estimating
Who Should Attend • Project Procurement Management covers the • Estimating approaches
Project managers, team members, field staff essentials of procurement decisions, contract • Schedule development
members, project engineers, design engineers, administration and closure principles. • Critical path method (CPM)
project leaders, administrators, industrial • Program Evaluation Review Technique (PERT)
engineers, program managers, manufacturing • Project Communications Management • Critical chain techniques
engineers, operations managers, functional helps participants understand project team • Schedule negotiations
managers, information technology professionals, communications issues and how to build • Schedule control
research and development managers, consensus among various project groups.
marketing directors, Six Sigma Black Belts Project Cost Management
and others involved directly or indirectly with • Professional and Social Responsibility • Cost management plan
projects in virtually every industry. outlines the behavioral and ethical aspects of • Cost estimating
professional project managers. This section • Estimating checklist
Performance Focus enables project managers to exercise the • Learning curve
The program includes a detailed exploration of proper judgment in their decision making • Cost budgeting
each of the nine knowledge areas within PMI’s processes. • Reserve
PMBOK Guide. The focus of this program is on • Project life cycle costs
preparing participants to take the PMP exam • PMP Exam Preparation covers the PMP
while at the same time building their practical eligibility requirements and process and is Project Control
skills and proficiencies as project managers. dedicated to answering participants’ questions • Controlling the project plan
and administering a sample final exam that • Assessing change
Program Overview: Key Topics integrates all modules. • Variance analysis and management
• Proactive review process
• Project Management Framework defines Program Outline • Earned value management
key project management terms, identifies • Causes of schedule delays
the major PMBOK Guide process groups and Project Management Framework • Escalation
reviews the project management knowledge • PMBOK Guide – structure and intent
areas. • Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) Project Risk Management
• Definitions and project life cycle • Risk terminology
• Project Integration Management focuses on • Project portfolio management • Risk management planning
the importance of having project managers • Project management process groups • Risk identification
work across organizational boundaries in order • Knowledge areas • Risk analysis – qualitative and quantitative
to be successful. • PMBOK Guide process model • Risk response planning
• Risk monitoring and control
• Project Scope Management establishes Project Integration Management
the foundation for systematically identifying • Defining project success Project Human Resource Management
the key deliverables of the project. After • Triple constraints • Organizational influences
establishing a scope baseline, it is crucial • Focus of integrated planning • Organizational structures
to ensure that there will be a process for • Areas of expertise needed by the project team • Human resource planning
managing change. • Process group interaction in a project • Staff management plans and acquisition
• Initiating projects • Developing the project team
• Project Time Management builds on the • Developing a project charter • Team building and leadership
deliverables identified in the scope definition • Project selection methods • Approaches to conflict
process. The project manager breaks these • Benefit measurement methods
deliverables down further and then develops • Project scope statement Project Quality Management
the project schedule. • Key project planning deliverables • The importance of quality
• Change control • Historical evolution of quality
• Quality planning process
22 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
The Kerzner Approach® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

23. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
The Project Management Certificate Program (continued)
The Kerzner Approach® to Project Management Excellence
• Quality policy FOR ONSITE DELIVERY, this program is also
• Quality assurance available in a five- or six-day format. Highly
• Quality control scalable, our PM Cert program can be
• Quality tools easily adapted to meet the unique needs
• Six Sigma and requirements of your team or company.
Project Procurement Management Public offerings of this course typically fall
• Procurement planning process into a five-day format.
• Buyers and sellers
• Purchase plans and acquisitions ProjectManagementIQ® Version 10.0
• Types of contracts All participants in this program receive a copy of
• Contract costs ProjectManagementIQ (PMIQ). Your own personal
• Proposals PMP exam preparation coach, PMIQ provides all
• Contract negotiations of the knowledge and assistance you need to ace
• Contract administration the exam on your very first try. Now with more
• Contract change control than 1500 questions, IIL’s comprehensive project
• Legal perspectives management learning tool prepares you for both
• Contract closure the content and format of the PMP Certification
Exam.
Project Communications Management
• Types of communication PMP Certification Qualifications
The latest version of PMIQ covers all of the Certification by PMI requires proving your ability
• Communications process knowledge areas of the PMBOK® Guide and
• Barriers to effective communication to manage projects. You must meet the
includes 500 brand new questions, with hints following requirements:
• Communication planning and clues for each answer. A sample exam closely
• Stakeholder analysis mirrors the PMI Certification Exam experience
• Communications plan • Minimum of 35 hours of project management
and provides feedback on virtually every ques- classroom and/or eLearning instruction
• Communication styles tion – pointing to the exact pages in the source
• Meetings • Bachelor’s degree and 4,500 hours of project
materials that you should review to fill in your management experience over three years/36
• Performance reporting knowledge gaps.
• Managing stakeholders months
• 7,500 hours of project management
Reduce your study time and gain the utmost experience over five years/60 months (if NO
Professional and Social Responsibility confidence in your Project Management IQ with
• Professional and social responsibility tasks degree)
the latest version of this revolutionary learning • Complete and submit the PMP certification
• Code of conduct tool. Your PMP certification awaits!
• Sample questions application directly to PMI
• Pass the four-hour computer-based
The complete PMIQ package includes: 200-question exam
PMP® Exam Preparation • ProjectManagementIQ CD-ROM
• The PMP certification process • Project Management: a Systems Approach to
• PMP examination specifications In order to take the PMP exam, you must apply
Planning, Scheduling and Controlling (Tenth directly to PMI and pay the exam fees prior to
• PMP eligibility requirements Edition) by Dr. Harold Kerzner
• The revised PMP credential examination the examination. Go to www.pmi.org for detailed
• A Guide to the Project Management Body of information and forms needed for the exam.
overview Knowledge (PMBOK Guide), published by PMI®
• Additional study references • Quantitative Methods for Project Management
• Formulas and other fun stuff by Dr. Frank Anbari
• Study plan and study groups
• Application options
Each attendee will receive a complimentary copy of PMIQ is yours FREE for attending the Project Management
Project Management: A System Approach to Planning, Certificate Program! A comprehensive project
Scheduling and Controlling (Tenth Edition) by Dr. Harold management learning tool and preparation coach
Kerzner as well as a copy of the PMBOK Guide. for the PMP exam! (a USD 549 value)
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8860 / Fifteen 3-hour sessions #8115 / 7-Days See page 24
CEU Credits: 4.5 / PDU Credits: 45 CEU Credits: 4.6 / PDU Credits: 46
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 23
The Kerzner Approach® and ProjectManagementIQ® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

24. The Project Management Certificate Program (On-Demand Version)
PM Core and Intermediate Courses
The Kerzner Approach® to Project Management Excellence
Web-Based Project Management Training for the Individual or Enterprise
Motivating. Engaging. Effective.
The on-demand version of our Project Management Certificate Program motivates learners “I have found IIL’s [PM Certificate Program] to be extremely
flexible and with my busy schedule at work and at home it
with engaging graphics, interactive activities, knowledge checks, PMP® exam tips, quick
provides me with on-demand learning anytime, anywhere, 24x7.
quizzes, helpful hints and scenario-based simulations that allow individuals to apply The course material is logically laid out and navigating through
knowledge to their workplace environments. each of the training modules is quick and easy. I would highly
recommend IIL’s program for anyone who is preparing to take
Using a team of innovative designers, subject matter experts and eLearning specialists, we the Project Management Professional certification exam and is
have created a state-of-the-art learning program that prepares, shows, instructs, challenges looking for a comprehensive and flexible training curriculum.”
and praises - guiding users through all the steps necessary for managing projects within
deadlines, budgets and stakeholder expectations. Gary Salerno
Cablevision - Rainbow Media IT
Dynamic Learning Approach Jericho, New York 11753
Comprised of 11 Modules and 28 Lessons, the program is designed so that it may be used
in either a linear or non-linear path. Our instructional design engages the learner, providing
multiple paths to explore critical content. Want to refresh a particular skill set? Need specific
information related to your project? Toggle to any lesson or take the straight path from Project
Integration Management through to Project Communications Management.
Curriculum
Project Integration Management Project Human Resource Management
• Developing project charter and preliminary • Human resource planning and acquiring
project scope statement project team
• Developing project management plan • Developing and managing project team
• Project execution, monitoring and controlling
project work and integrated change control Project Risk Management
• Closing project • Risk planning and risk identification
• Qualitative and quantitative risk analysis
Project Scope Management • Risk response planning, monitoring and
• Scope planning control
• Scope definition and creating Work
Breakdown Structure (WBS) Project Quality Management
• Scope verification and scope control • Quality planning process
• Quality assurance and control process
Project Time Management Main dashboard
• Schedule development overview and activity Learners can access lessons, take assessments and track
Project Procurement Management progress from one central user interface.
definition • Planning purchases and acquisitions
• Activity sequencing, activity resource • Planning contracting
estimating and activity duration estimating • Requesting seller responses and selecting
• Schedule development – Critical Path Method sellers
(CPM), duration compression • Contract administration and contract closeout
• Critical chain
Project Communications Management
Cost Management • Communications planning and information
• Cost estimating and cost budgeting distribution
• Cost control • Performance reporting and managing
stakeholders
Project Control Ease of use
• Integrated project control Professional Responsibility User-friendly navigation allows learners to jump to any
• Earned Value Management (EVM) • Professional management and professional section or topic within a lesson by clicking on a button
along the left of the screen. The current position is
responsibility indicated by the location bar at the top of the screen.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with an interactive online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#PA8115 / 45 hours
CEU Credits: 4.5 / PDU Credits: 45
Price: USD 1750
IIL/University Price: USD 1950
24 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

25. Accounting and Finance Principles for PM Practitioners
PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Manage the Financial Outlook of Your Projects
Do you often feel that you are using different What You Will Learn The Financial Management World
numbers to track costs, must support different You’ll learn how to: • Focus on financial management
cost structures and charts of accounts and • Describe the reason for doing projects • Financial cycles
also must meet different time frames? Are • Understand the basics of project • Budget cycles
you unclear about the relationship between management • Project decision checkpoints
your project’s cost system and budget and the • Understand the cost needs of the project • Filtering/pipeline process
accounting and financial systems in use in your team • Triple constraints
organization? • Understand the financial needs of the • Basic financial principles
company • Example profitability measures
With the increase in use of the management- • Describe how these two apparent conflicting • Return on investment (ROI)
by-projects concept, projects today are not worlds really do reconcile • Return on equity (ROE)
just viewed as a cost to organizations but are • Perform simple financial/accounting analysis • Present value (PV)
viewed as an investment. The project manager • Perform simple project performance analysis • Internal rate of return (IRR)
now requires a broader focus in order to ensure • Understand how cash flow and project • Break-even analysis
that the project will produce a greater return performance baselines are different • Cost versus revenue
to the organization. Each project professional • Reconcile and work within those differences • Cost types
must have a thorough grounding in principles • Focus on what you are doing now as well as
of accounting and finance in order to determine on what you should be doing Merging the Two Worlds
the project’s contribution to economic value • Budget cycle versus project life cycle
and to ensure that the project results in a Course Overview • Financial and project management
competitive advantage with maximum cash • The two worlds together
flow. Getting Started • Project performance
• Introductions • Status reporting
Learn what you must do to ensure that no • Course structure • Earned value analysis
last-minute, unplanned costs, expenses or • Course goals and objectives
allocations affect your projects’ financial Summary
outlook. Introduction • What did we learn, and how can we
• Benefits of project management implement this in our work environments?
Prerequisites • Project focus versus organizational focus
A good working knowledge of project • Accounting and finance in the organization
management, as well as some experience • The project manager’s financial responsibility
managing projects
The Project Management World
Course Level • Financial management
Intermediate/Advanced • Focus on project management
• Project life cycles
Who Should Attend • Budget cycles
This program is designed for project and • Unified Project Management® Methodology
program managers, as well as team members (UPMMTM)
with little or no knowledge of corporate or • Project decision checkpoints
project management accounting and finance. • Filtering/pipeline process
• Triple constraints in project management
Performance Focus • Project estimating
The goal of the course is to equip you with the • Project budgeting
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques to
control the financial profitability of your
projects and ensure that your projects meet the
financial goals of your organization.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8810 / Four 3-hour sessions #5007 / 2 Days #PA8810 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 25

26. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Organizational Project Management Maturity Model (OPM3®)
Benefits and Practice
By aligning business strategy and processes with • Identify best practices and organizational Summary
projects and programs through Organizational enablers that form means to maturity • What did we learn, and how can we
Project Management, organizations can achieve • Recognize the roles and supporting implement this in our work environments?
better performance, better results, profitable organizational structure involved in the
business change and sustainable competitive ongoing successful application of OPM3
advantage. This overview provides insight into
how organizations can realize these benefits Course Overview
through the effective implementation of PMI®’s
Organizational Project Management Maturity Getting Started
Model (OPM3). • Introductions
• Course structure
The insight and perspective you will gain from • Course goals and objectives
this one-day course will enable you to make a
prudent decision on whether or not OPM3 is Introduction
appropriate for your organization. It will also help • Definition of OPM
you chart the most practical course of action and • Characteristics and benefits of maturity
pace for successful deployment of OPM3. models
• Overview of Organizational Project
Prerequisites Management Maturity
Basic project management training or equivalent • Quantifying project and process maturity
experience
OPM3 Overview and Concepts
Course Level • OPM3 alignment with PMI core standards
Intermediate • OPM3 building blocks and terminology
• Organizational coverage of OPM3
Who Should Attend • Best practices and Organizational Enablers
• Project, program and portfolio managers • OPM policy and vision
• Project/program sponsors
• Project Management Office (PMO) leadership OPM3 Program Implementation Management
and management • Program management approach
• Business planners, Chief Information Officers, • Strategic alignment
Chief Financial Officers • Sponsorship
• Organizational structures
Performance Focus • OPM success metrics and benchmarking
• Explains key underlying principles and
essential building blocks of OPM3 OPM3 Maturity Stages and Core Capabilities
• Illustrates the multi-dimensional nature of • Maturity Stages
OPM3Execute - an OPM3 self-assessment • Synergy with other process improvement
• Details the implementation process models
• Recommends delivery approaches that • OPM3 improvement cycle and benefits
maximize successful adoption of OPM3 in • OPM3 product suite
real- world settings • Assessment options and characteristics
What You Will Learn Organizational Context for Successful OPM3
You’ll learn how to: Deployment
• Assess the business value of Organizational • OPM3 roles
Project Management (OPM) - Executive sponsor
• Use the value-driven synergy of business - Program management office
strategy and OPM - Program manager
• Value the composition and important - Business change manager
relationships among the OPM3 domains and - Process management
components of maturity
• Compare and contrast OPM3 with other
maturity models
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
# 8949 / Two 3-hour sessions # 8629 / 1 Day #PA8949 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
26 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
OPM3®and PMI® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

27. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®)
Get the Knowledge You Need to Pass the CAPM® Exam
Are you planning on taking the PMI® CAPM® Project Scope Management • Plan risk responses (both positive and
examination? This course gives you the • Collect requirements negative)
knowledge you need to pass the exam and • Define scope • Monitor and control risk
covers CAPM-critical information on project • Create WBS
management theory, principles, techniques • Verify scope Project Procurement Management
and methods. You’ll also have an opportunity to • Control scope • Plan procurements
review the kinds of questions you’ll find in the • Conduct procurements
CAPM exam. Project Time Management • Common contract types, their characteristics
• Define activities and appropriate usage
Prerequisites • Sequence activities • Administer procurements
Basic project management training or • Estimate activity resources • Close procurements
equivalent experience • Estimate activity duration
• Develop schedule CAPM Exam Review
Course Level • Finalize and control a schedule • Setting up a study plan
Basic • Test-taking strategies
Project Cost Management • Assess your individual knowledge gaps and
Who Should Attend • Estimate costs strengths based on a sample exam
Passing the CAPM exam is a great way to • Determine budget
demonstrate your commitment to project • Control costs
management excellence, and this workshop • Employ Earned Value Management
is specifically designed to help you gain your
CAPM credential. This course would also be Project Quality Management
beneficial to managers or project team • Quality gurus and their key contributions
members who want to improve their • Plan project quality
effectiveness and enhance their careers. • Perform quality assurance
• Perform quality control
Course Overview • Important quality tools and techniques
- Cause and effect diagrams
Getting Started - Control charts
• Introductions - Histograms and Pareto diagrams
• Course structure - Inspections
• Course goals and objective - Scatter diagrams
- Six Sigma
Becoming a CAPM
• CAPM certification process and the criteria Human Resource Management In addition to comprehensive course materials, all participants
for certification • Develop the human resource plan will receive access to the PM BASICS online self-paced portion
• How to apply for the exam • Acquire and develop project teams of the course (for more details, see page 13).
• How to complete the experience verification • Compare and contrast relevant
form organizational theories and structures
• Manage a project team
Project Management Framework • Motivational approaches CAPM Certification Qualifications
• A Guide to the Project Management Body of Candidates for CAPM are required to hold a minimum of a high
Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) framework Project Communications Management school diploma or a global equivalent and can take one of two
• Project management context • Identify stakeholders paths: 1,500 hours of work on a project team or 23 contact hours
• Project management areas of knowledge • Plan communications of formal project management education. The PMI examination is
comprised of 150 multiple-choice questions, and the allotted time
• Project management processes and process • Distribute information
to complete the exam is three hours. The examination is preceded
groups • Manage project stakeholders’ expectations by a 15-minute computer tutorial, which is not part of the allotted
• Report performance three hours.
Project Integration Management
• Develop project charter Project Risk Management
• Develop project management plan • Plan risk management
• Direct and manage project execution • Identify project risks (both positive and
• Monitor and control project work negative)
• Perform integrated change control • Perform qualitative and quantitative risk
• Close project or phase analysis
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8849 / Six 3-hour sessions #8022 / 3 Days #PA8849/ Six 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18/ CPE Credits: 21 CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21 / CPE Credits: 24 CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 27
PMI®, PMBOK® and CAPM® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

28. PM Core and Intermediate Courses
PMP® PREP
Get Ready to Pass the PMP® Exam
This intensive exam preparation workshop • Develop project charter • Stages of team building
will provide a roadmap for how to pass the • Develop project management plan • Principles of leadership
Project Management Institute’s (PMI®’s) Project • Key project planning deliverables • Understanding human behavior
Management Professional (PMP®) examination. • Direct and manage project execution
The workshop is kept up to date with the • Monitor and control project work Project Communication Management
framework of knowledge outlined by PMI’s • Perform integrated change control • Identify stakeholders
A Guide to the Project Management Body of • Close project or phase • Plan communications
Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide). IIL’s instructors • Communication requirements analysis
will share test-taking tips and study strategies, Project Scope Management • Stakeholder analysis
and they will review critical materials that • Collect requirements • Distribute information
will directly assist you in passing the PMP • Define scope • Manage stakeholders’ expectations
exam. The course includes a comprehensive • Create Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) • Communication styles and dimensions
workbook and a sample exam. • Work package relationship to cost accounts • Report performance
• Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM)
Prerequisites • Verify and control scope Project Risk Management
You should have at least 15 hours of dedicated • Manage scope creep • Plan risk management
project management training before taking • Identify project risks (positive and negative)
this workshop. Also note that before attaining Project Time Management • Perform qualitative risk analysis
PMP certification, you must meet the standard • Define activities • Perform quantitative risk analysis
PMI certification qualifications listed below. • Estimate activity resources and durations • Plan risk responses (positive and negative)
• Sequence activities • Monitor and control risk
Course Level • Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM)
Intermediate • Develop schedule Project Procurement Management
• Procurement management – processes
Who Should Attend Techniques: Critical Path Method (CPM) • Plan procurements
This course is ideal for individuals who need • Critical chain technique • Types of contracts and risks
to prepare for the PMP certification exam as • Schedule compression techniques • Calculating contract cost
quickly and effectively as possible or for those • Reserve • Conduct procurements
who have completed their educational • Types of procurement documents
requirements and need a “refresher” course Project Cost Management • Evaluation criteria
before taking the PMP exam. • Estimate costs • Negotiation tactics
• Estimating checklist • Elements of a contract
Course Overview • Standard project estimating • Administer procurements
• Determine budget • Close procurements
Becoming a PMP • Cost baseline – defined
• Benefits of PMP certification • Control costs Professional and Social Responsibility
• Review of the certification process • Earned Value Management (EVM) • Code of professional conduct
• ProjectManagementIQ® software • Code of conduct values and tasks
Project Quality Management
Project Management Framework • Definition of quality and quality terms PMP Exam Review
• Definitions • Quality movement – major contributors • The PMP certification process
• Project management integrated system • Project quality management • PMP eligibility requirements
• Project life cycles and progressive • Plan quality • The PMP credential examination
elaboration • Perform Quality Assurance (QA)
• Project stakeholders • Perform Quality Control (QC)
• PMBOK Guide process groups • Important quality tools and techniques PMP Certification Qualifications
• PMBOK Guide knowledge areas Candidates for PMI’s PMP certification must have at least 35
• PMBOK Guide process model Project Human Resource (HR) Management hours of project management classroom and/or eLearning
• Organizational influences experience. In addition, if they have a Bachelor’s degree (or
Project Integration Management • Characteristics of organizational structures global equivalent), they must have 4,500 hours of project
management experience over three years/36 months. With
• Defining project success • Develop HR plan
no such degree, 7,500 hours of project management expe-
• Competing demands • Enterprise environmental factors rience over five years/60 months are required. Candidates
• Project sponsor role • Constraints affecting HR planning must pass the four-hour computer-based 200-question
• Integrated planning • Staff management plans and acquisition exam and should submit the PMP application directly to
• Project selection methods • Develop and manage project team PMI. Exam fees must also be paid directly to PMI before the
examination. For more information, go to www.pmi.org.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8813 / Four 3-hour sessions #8624 / 2 Days #PA8813 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
28 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. ProjectManagementIQ® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

29. www.iil.com
Project Management Advanced Courses
Companies that are competitive in the marketplace recognize the critical
importance of project, program and portfolio management (PPM) to the
success of their organizations. While the difference between simply using PPM
and being good at it is relatively small, the difference between being good and
excelling at PPM is a vast divide.
The companies and project managers who are investing in PPM education are
continually honing their skills, learning new methodologies and building their
capacity. They are more than just today’s leaders and innovators: they are
paving the way for the future.
In Pursuit of Excellence
If you are an experienced project manager or a senior-level manager and you want to build on your expertise, acquire
new skills and go beyond PMP® accreditation, take a look at our wide array of Advanced Project Management courses.
The curriculum in this section is designed to help you deal with complex PPM issues that you face every day - from
dealing with risk and quality initiatives to managing portfolios and multiple projects. These courses and certification
programs will provide you with the competencies to help you align your projects with corporate strategy, direct and
supervise people at every level and control enterprise-level projects and programs.
Advanced Project Management Certification (APMC®)
If you are interested in expanding your knowledge by focusing on today’s higher-level strategic PPM issues, take a look
at our Advanced Project Management Certification - The Kerzner Approach® to Best Practices. This 66-hour certifica-
tion program earns you up to 66 PDUs and can be completed in three to 12 months.
IIL has collaborated with top global organizations to build unique and specialized APMC programs for their project
professionals. Work with one of our educational advisors to choose from select courses in our catalogue - or mix and match
them with courses offered by your company - and create your own customized APMC curriculum.
Accelerated Curriculum and Performance Focus
Whether taken individually or as part of a certification program, our advanced PPM classes will challenge and engage
you, while helping you increase your skills and abilities within specific areas of knowledge.
Deepen your understanding of Earned Value Management implementation within your project or program environ-
ment and learn how best to integrate EVM with risk management. If you are a project manager and you want to build
your level of competence in setting up, planning and managing a group of related projects, take a look at Program
Management, Preparing for the PgMP® Certification or Project Portfolio Management.
Other areas of advanced study include: Preventing, Recovering and Managing Troubled Projects; Organization and
People Change Management; Vendor Relationship Management; as well as accelerated courses in Quality Manage-
ment, Procurement Management, Risk Management and Requirements Management.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMP® and PgMP® are registered marks of the Project anagement Institute, Inc.
29

30. Project Management Advanced Courses
Advanced Project Management Certification (APMC®)
The Kerzner Approach® to Best Practices
Advanced Project Management Certification: Bring the APMC Program to Your Company! Build Your APMC Program
The Kerzner Approach to Best Practices If your company has a group of 12 or more Combine your choice of three electives with the
(APMC) is for experienced project managers employees to train, we can deliver the APMC three required courses for a total of 66 hours of
and senior level managers who want to build curriculum to you in a private IIL Virtual credit. The color of the course title denotes the
on expertise, acquire new skills and go beyond Classroom or in a traditional classroom section of the catalogue in which it appears:
PMP® accreditation. setting at the location of your choice. purple = Advanced Project Management;
brown = Leadership and Interpersonal Skills;
The APMC is a 66-hour certification program IIL has collaborated with top global organiza- green = Business Analysis; red = Lean Six
that earns you up to 66 PDUs and can be tions to build unique and specialized APMC Sigma; turquoise = PM for IT Professionals.
completed within a time period of three and programs for their project professionals.
12 months. Live and fully interactive, APMC
courses are led by top instructors and delivered Work with one of our educational advisors to APMC® Curriculum APMC ®
online in our Virtual Classroom. (A customized choose from select courses in our catalogue Required Courses
curriculum can also be delivered to your com- - or mix and match them with courses offered
pany in a traditional classroom setting at the by your company - and create your own cus- The Future of Project Management with
location of your choice.) tomized APMC curriculum. Dr. Harold Kerzner (p. 31)
Comprised of required courses as well as Program Management: Successfully Managing
electives, the APMC program lets you choose a Group of Related Projects (p. 41)
the project management courses that fit your Performance Focus
needs, interests and schedule. With IIL, you learn from experts who are also Managing and Leading Projects Across
practitioners. The APMC program focuses on Organizational Boundaries (p. 82)
Eligibility and Prerequisites analyzing current best practices from some of
the most successful companies so you learn Electives - Choose Three
Participants who wish to enroll in the APMC
program need to have at least three years how they manage projects. You will also learn Requirements Management (p. 32)
of project management practical experi- how to prepare your teams for the next frontier
ence. They must also have taken IIL’s Project in project management; the secrets of balanc- Advanced Project Risk Management (p. 33)
Management Certificate Program: The Kerzner ing project/program objectives against orga- Advanced Project Quality Management (p. 34)
Approach to Project Management Excellence nizational politics; and the ins and outs of sup-
or equivalent. porting global projects/programs, both from a Advanced Project Procurement (p. 35)
pragmatic and an interpersonal perspective.
Vendor Relationship Management (p. 36)
Participants can waive up to TWO courses
(required or elective) if they have taken them IIL Virtual Classroom Environment Earned Value Management Systems (p. 37)
within the last one-year period from IIL. Please Thousands of companies have chosen IIL’s
note participants must first take and pass the Virtual Classroom as a preferred learning Global Project Management (p. 38)
post-test to have the course waived. There will be method to meet the increased global
a fee of $150 per course for this activity. training needs of their organizations. Benefit Managing Multiple Projects (p. 40)
from our experience in the Virtual Classroom The Project Management Office (p. 42)
Who Should Attend space, where we have been active for the past
You should enroll in this program if you want to ten years. Our Virtual Classroom provides com- Project Portfolio Management (p. 43)
expand your knowledge by focusing on today’s panies and individuals with interactive, efficient,
quality training that is also cost-effective. Agile Development and Project Management
higher-level strategic project management (p. 52)
issues or dive deeper into more complex tacti-
cal challenges. This program is ideal if you are a The online classes are led by our trainers in real- Stakeholder Relationship Skills for Project
Managers (p. 74)
PMP, since all courses in this program earn you time, so you get the benefits of a live classroom
PDUs necessary to maintain your certification. situation in your office. The classes have a good Conflict Resolution for Project Managers (p. 78)
balance of instructor-led learning, multimedia
Criteria for Achieving APMC Certification events, discussion, and a wide range of interac- Leadership Skills for Project Managers (p. 79)
In order to be awarded APMC certification, tive exercises from self-reflection to team-based
participants must: activities. Writing and Managing Requirements
Documents (p. 89)
• Complete three required courses and three
of the elective courses (see box on right). Worried about schedule conflicts? Developing the Business Case (p. 92)
• Achieve a passing score of at least 70% on Don’t be. APMC courses are offered to you
a 30-question online exam for each course real-time or recorded. If you cannot attend a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt (p. 97)
(questions are in a multiple-choice format). live class, simply go to the archived class any
time and you are all caught up.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8800/ 66 hours Course numbers vary based on selection #PA8800 / 66 hours
CEU Credits: 6.6 / PDU Credits: 66 CEU Credits: 6.6 / PDU Credits: 66
30 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

31. The Future of Project Management with Dr. Harold Kerzner
Project Management Advanced Courses
Preparing the Next Generation Project Manager
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
This course will explore how project How Project Management Has Changed Managing Crisis Projects
management will change over the next • Today’s view of project management • Understanding crisis management
decade to help companies find solutions • How Request for Proposal (RFP) requirements • Cases in crisis management
to complex projects. have changed
• How executive support has changed Enterprise Project Management
The goal of this course is to give Methodologies (EPM) and Frameworks
participants an overview of what the future of Managing Complex Projects
project management might look like. • Defining complex projects An Introduction to Project Givebacks (Best
• Traditional versus non-traditional projects Practices)
Prerequisites • Importance of engagement project
Good understanding of project management management The Project Office (PO)/Center of Excellence
(COE)
Course Level Stakeholder Management • Characteristics of excellence in a Project
Intermediate to advanced • Defining stakeholder management Office
• Making bad assumptions about • Measuring the return on investment (ROI) of
Who Should Attend stakeholder loyalty a Project Management Office (PMO)
This course is for project managers, line • Stakeholder identification and classification
managers, sponsors, team members, executives • Critical stakeholder management issues Summary
who also function as stakeholders and anyone • Why stakeholder management often fails • What did we learn, and how can we
else involved in projects who is interested in implement this in our work environments?
learning more about what changes may take Why Some Projects Fail
place in project management over the next • The definition of project success and failure
decade. • The difficulty in canceling projects
• The need for an “exit” champion
What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to: The Management of Scope Creep
• Recognize the complex projects of the future • Understanding scope creep
• Improve stakeholder management • Causes of scope creep
• Understand the necessity for flexible project • Ways to minimize scope creep
management methodologies
• Recognize the importance of value in making Performing Project Health Checks
project decisions • Critical health check issues
• Misconceptions about health checks
Course Overview
Recovery Project Management (Managing
Getting Started Distressed Projects)
• Introductions • Looking for early warning signs
• Course structure • Dangers in the continuation of the death
• Course goals and objectives spiral
Foundation Concepts Value-Driven Project Management
• How project management has changed • Importance of value
over the years • Changing values in project management and
• Managing complex projects our view of success
• Stakeholder management • Identifying the Key Performance Indicators
• Value-driven project management (KPIs)
• Understanding why some projects will fail • The need for value measurement
• How to recover failing projects • Designing KPI dashboards
• The importance of managing scope creep • Performing value measurement
• Managing crisis projects
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8963 / Two 3-hour sessions #8010 / 1 Day #PA8963 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 31
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

32. Project Management Advanced Courses
Requirements Management
Managing Project Scope from Concept to Completion
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Poor requirements definition and lack of • Elicit, organize and prioritize requirements Gathering Requirements Information
adequate change control procedures to • Systematically analyze, elaborate and derive • Requirements gathering techniques
requirements and scope are the primary requirements at the appropriate levels of • Sources of information
contributors to project difficulty and failure. detail • Essential research skills
This workshop will provide you with the • Use checklists, questionnaires and document • Requirements gathering tools
knowledge, tools and techniques required templates in the requirements development
to minimize or avoid these pitfalls. process Using Structured Techniques and Modeling
• Negotiate and resolve requirements-related • Models and requirements
Prerequisites conflicts among key project stakeholders • Data, process and object models
A good working knowledge of project • Manage changing requirements across the • Dynamic modeling techniques
management, as well as some experience project life cycle • Using Use Cases
managing projects • Verify requirements during the testing and
acceptance phase of the project Specifying Requirements
Course Level • Specifying requirements
Intermediate/Advanced Course Overview • Essential technical writing skills
• SMART requirements
Who Should Attend Getting Started • Quality attributes
You should attend this workshop if you need to: • Introductions • Prioritizing requirements
• Acquire and accurately communicate project • Course structure
requirements • Course goals and objectives Managing Changing Requirements
• Negotiate trade-offs that result in potentially • Why and when requirements change
more successful projects Requirements Framework • Change management and control
• Effectively manage change control • Project and product requirements definitions • Requirements traceability
• Implement configuration management • Characteristics of good requirements • Requirement tools
consistent with organizational needs • Enumeration of those involved in defining
• Disseminate the principles of effective project requirements Validating and Verifying Requirements
requirements management to other team • Concept of progressive elaboration and its • Requirements confirmation techniques
member application to defining requirements • Validating requirements
• Verifying requirements
Performance Focus Developing Requirements: the Process • Using checklists
• Key stakeholder and influencer identification • High-level requirements development and
and assessment management process Summary
• Requirements documentation • Iterative components of the requirements • What did we learn, and how can we
• Requirements gathering development process implement this in our work environments?
• Progressive elaboration • Product and project requirements
• Requirements analysis and negotiation • Classifying project requirements
• Requirements validation
• Modeling and structured methods Progressively Elaborating Product Scope
• Formal specification • Defining and elaborating scope
• Change control - Starting requirements definition
• Configuration management - Project work request
- Requirements overview
What You Will Learn - Project proposal
You’ll learn how to: - Project charter
• Build a consistent and meaningful • More detailed documents
requirements taxonomy and hierarchy for - Scope statement
requirements definition and development - Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
• Use progressive elaboration and modeling - Requirements definition document
techniques in requirements workshops to - Procurement statement of work
elicit and verify requirements • Contracts and plans
• Validate requirements using reviews,
walkthroughs and inspections
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8822 / Four 3-hour sessions #5001 / 2 Days #PA8822 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
32 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

33. Advanced Project Risk Management
Project Management Advanced Courses
Working with Uncertainty in Projects
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Have you been surprised by unplanned events What You Will Learn Perform Quantitative Risk Analysis
during your projects? Are you and your project You’ll learn how to: • Adapting quantitative risk analysis for high-
team frequently fighting fires? Well, you are not • Demonstrate how the PMBOK Guide’s risk risk projects
alone. Uncertainty exists in any project management processes apply to your • Risk analysis and data quality assessments
environment. project’s environment • Building a foundation for quantitative risk
• Adapt these processes for a particular high- analysis
While it may not be possible to predict project risk project team’s operating principles • Using discrete quantitative tools
outcomes with 100% certainty, you can influ- • Explain the importance of using risk • Using continuous quantitative tools
ence the outcome, avoid many potential risks management best practices at single and • Wrapping up quantitative risk analysis for
and be ready to calmly and efficiently respond enterprise project levels high-risk projects
to unavoidable challenges instead of reacting • Lead an initiative to implement risk
to them and possibly making things worse. management best practices in your project Plan Risk Responses
With the proper knowledge, risk can be identi- environment • Adapting risk response planning for high-
fied, assessed, planned for and controlled. risk projects
Course Overview • Optimizing active risk response strategies
The goal of this course is to teach the specific • Leveraging contingencies for high project
knowledge needed to set up risk management Getting Started performance
in your projects and to help you implement risk • Introductions • Wrapping up risk response planning for
management processes to achieve consistent • Course structure high-risk projects
and predictable results in organizations where • Course goals and objectives
a higher level of risk management is required. Monitor and Control Risks
This course is aligned with A Guide to the Project Foundation Concepts • Adapting risk monitoring and control for
Management Body of Knowledge (the PMBOK® • Risk-related definitions high-risk projects
Guide). • The risk management process • Optimizing risk plan maintenance
• High-risk projects and project failures • Weaving risk reassessment into the project’s
Prerequisites • Classical failures in implementing risk progress
A good working knowledge of project management • Maintaining a continuous vigil in high-risk
management, as well as some experience project environments
managing projects Plan Risk Management
• Project risk management and governance Summary
Course Level • Risk management planning for high-risk • What did we learn, and how can we
Intermediate/Advanced projects implement this in our work environments?
• High-risk variations on a risk management
Who Should Attend plan
This course is designed for:
• Project and program managers Identify Risk
• Managers of project managers • Adapting the risk identification process for
• Team members working on high-risk high-risk projects
projects • Recognizing risks spontaneously
• Confirming and structuring risk events for
Performance Focus treatment
• Risk planning • Wrapping up risk identification for high-risk
• Risk identification projects
• Risk assessment (qualitative and
quantitative) Perform Qualitative Risk Analysis
• Risk response planning • Adapting qualitative risk analysis for high-
• Risk control risk projects
• Accelerating risk analysis
• Clearing risk action
• Wrapping up qualitative risk analysis for the
next level
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8890 / Four 3-hour sessions #8140 / 2 Days #PA8890 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 33
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

34. Project Management Advanced Courses
Advanced Project Quality Management
Planning, Assurance, Control and Improvement
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
In today’s environment, quality is the Performance Focus • The concept of variation: common and
responsibility of everyone. Project success is • Capturing the critical-to-quality requirements special causes
no longer just the fulfillment of a project on through the Voice of the Customer • Tracking key measurements: control charts
schedule, on budget and within the scope. • Planning the processes to deliver • Root cause analysis
requirements at lowest possible cost • Descriptive statistics
Projects aren’t successful unless the customer • Monitoring and controlling key outputs (Ys)
needs are met at the highest level of quality and and inputs (Xs) Summary
at the lowest cost to the organization. Project • Managing project progress and process • What did we learn, and how can we
managers must know customer needs and through data (management by fact) implement this in our work environments?
manage to them throughout the project life
cycle in order to gain acceptance. What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to:
This course provides an interactive, hands- • Identify and validate customer needs and
on environment for participants to practice prioritize requirements
identification of critical quality requirements • Document and standardize key project
(Quality Planning), fulfillment of those management processes
requirements through well designed processes • Collect accurate and useful project data
(Quality Assurance) and statistical awareness of • Improve and error-proof project processes
technical specifications of project deliverables and deliverables
(Quality Control). • Identify variation and take appropriate steps
to reduce the variation causing defects
Prerequisites • Set up and monitor control charts on key
A good working knowledge of project project measures
management, as well as some experience
managing projects Course Overview
Course Level Getting Started
Intermediate/Advanced • Introductions
• Course structure
Who Should Attend • Course goals and objectives
If your role is to gain customer acceptance at
project completion, this course is an absolute Foundation Concepts
must. It will help you identify, plan, monitor • Quality defined: financial focus
and control high-quality outcomes and the • Quality management
processes that support project management • Process management
initiatives. • Cost of quality
Project and program managers, managers of Quality Planning
project managers and executives who must • The project manager’s role in planning
ensure that all customer needs are met at the • Voice of the Customer
lowest possible cost will find this course to be • Data collection: data types
exactly what they need. • Measurement of system accuracy:
operational definitions
Quality Assurance
• Process management: flow charts
• Process analysis
• Value-Added Analysis
• Error-proofing (Poka-Yoke)
• Failure mode and effect analysis
Quality Control
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8809 / Four 3-hour sessions #8009 / 2 Days #PA8809 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
34 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

35. Advanced Project Procurement Management
Project Management Advanced Courses
Buyer/Seller Relationships and Contracts
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
In many projects, procurement activities • Develop and apply a procurement plan by Conduct Procurements
are critical to success. Imagine working in choosing the right procurement strategy for • Key pre-bid activities
contractual relationships between buyers the project situation and assigning the right • Methods to request seller responses
and suppliers so that there is mutual trust responsibilities to the right people • Proper form and format of proposals
and a common focus on well-defined, mutually • Describe the elements of a proposal and • Elements of a proposal
agreed-upon objectives. This course is designed how they help you determine the most • Joint venture procurements
to equip participants with the necessary qualified seller • Organize for review of bid proposals
knowledge and skills to manage procurement • Evaluate contracts to ensure that they • Techniques for contract evaluation
activities to maximize effectiveness. contain sufficient information to accurately • Contract negotiation strategies
describe the agreement and enable effective • Contract award and contract creation
The goal of this course is to improve your control methods
capacity to apply the elements of procurement • Close contracts effectively to address the
management by properly planning for relationship between client and supplier, Administer Procurements
procurement, documenting the need, termination, retention of information and • Administer procurements responsibilities
evaluating proposals, creating contracts and lessons learned • Principles of contract interpretation
effectively managing the contracts to closeout • Primary contract components
for increased project success. Course Overview • Project management processes applied to
contract administration
Procurement and contract management Getting Started
address the needs of various types of • Introductions Close Procurements
procurement activities, including service • Course structure • Formal acceptance and closure
acquisition, intellectual property • Course goals and objectives • Contract termination
considerations, government requirements and • Resolution of contract claims
more. This is an exercise-centered course that The Procurement Process • Contract audits and lessons learned
uses real-world case situations. • Critical procurement issues and the role of • Contract litigation
project management
Prerequisites • Procurement steps and models Summary
A good working knowledge of project • Buyer/seller relationships • What did we learn, and how can we
management, as well as some experience • Common procurement terms implement this in our work environments?
managing projects • Types of procurement and acquisition
Course Level Plan Procurements
Intermediate/Advanced • Establishing the procurement team
• Organizational procedures and procurement
Who Should Attend • Selection of contract type
This course is designed for project managers, • Identifying potential bidders
procurement managers, contract administra- • Contracting document options
tors and project team members. Both buyers • Standard forms and conditions
and sellers will find this course valuable. • Source selection criteria
• Special and general conditions
What You Will Learn • Procurement management plan
You’ll learn how to:
• Apply procurement and contract Define Procurement Requirements
management techniques to the PM process • Scope management and the procurement
• Select the right sellers based upon a concise requirements link
Request for Proposal (RFP), with clear • Types of procurement requirements and
selection criteria that lead to easy evaluation attributes
of proposals • How requirements interrelate
• Procurement Statement of Work (SOW)
• The impact of improperly defining
requirements
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8811 / Four 3-hour sessions #5003 / 2 Days #PA8811 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 35
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

36. Project Management Advanced Courses
Vendor Relationship Management: Collaborating for Success
Working with Vendors to Achieve Peak Performance
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Many times the success of a project is Course Overview Managing Change
dependent upon the contribution of vendors. • Scope and resources changes
After the selection and procurement of a Getting Started • Requirements changes
vendor, the project manager assumes the • Introductions • Estimating change reserves
responsibility for managing the vendor • Course structure • Dealing with change control
relationship. • Course goals and objectives
Closing Projects
Managing vendor performance and the Foundation Concepts • Closing overview
vendor relationship can make or break a • Brief overview of the principles of • Completion criteria and acceptance
project. Through case scenarios and an procurement • Transition to production operations
interactive workshop, this course deals with • Relationship between risk, requirements • Lessons learned before, during and after
the challenging task of delivering a successful stability, contract type and cost, quality and transition
project involving vendors. project management
Summary
Prerequisites Looking at Things from the Vendor • What did we learn, and how can we
A good understanding of project Perspective implement this in our work environments?
management, as well as some experience • The engagement management process
managing projects • Stakeholder analysis
• Due diligence Incorporate Simulation into this Course
Course Level • Defining high-level requirements
Intermediate/Advanced Want this course delivered onsite to your
Starting on the Right Path company or team? Enhance the class experi-
Who Should Attend • Defining the engagement approach ence by adding real-world simulation into the
This course is designed for project and program • Defining warranties and remedies mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
managers, as well as functional managers and • Defining requirements simulation integrates proven learning theory
others who have the responsibility of managing • Kick-off meetings and work sessions with leading-edge computer technology and
relationships with vendors. game-based simulation techniques to deliver
Managing Quality lasting benefits.
What You Will Learn • Defining quality management
You’ll learn how to: • Quality control through the gating process Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
• Identify practical issues in vendor and quality • Developing acceptance criteria
management and apply cause and effect • Quality control: testing, reviews and audits
analysis to identify possible resolutions
• Identify and describe best practices in Managing Relationships
vendor management • Relationship development process
• Identify and describe best practices in quality • Contract negotiation strategies
control and vendor performance evaluation • Client/vendor relationships
to avoid problems, ensure minimal rework • Vendor performance evaluation
and enable realistic estimates • Managing conflict
• Define requirements management and
describe the relationship between it, quality Managing and Controlling Vendors and
control, acceptance criteria and vendor Projects
performance • Managing performance expectations
• Identify and apply key concepts and • Status reporting
techniques for managing relationships • Performance and relationship reviews
• Accountability
• Termination
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8944 / Four 3-hour sessions #4044 / 2 Days #PA8944 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
36 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

37. Earned Value Management Systems (EVMS)
Project Management Advanced Courses
Incorporate Best Practices for Program and Project Management Systems
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
The EVMS processes incorporate best practices Performance Focus • Calculating and interpreting measures for
for program and project management systems The goal of this course is to provide you with forecasting results
that require strong applications for program or the knowledge and understanding needed to - Estimate at completion
enterprise planning and control. properly implement EVM within your - Latest revised estimate
organization. - Variance at completion
The processes include integration of program - To-complete performance index
scope, schedule and cost objectives; What You Will Learn
establishment of a baseline plan for You’ll learn how to: EVM and Risk Management
accomplishment of program objectives; • Develop a project baseline • Integrating EVM and risk management
and use of Earned Value Management • Record actual project performance • Developing and using a reserve drawdown
techniques for performance measurement • Calculate EVM measures curve
during the execution of a program. EVMS • Evaluate project performance based on EVM
provides a solid platform for risk identification, measures Responding to Variances
corrective actions and necessary management • Respond to project variances • Determining what is a variance
replanning. • Integrate EVM and risk management • Proper process for responding to variances
• Determine if EVM will add value to your • Response options
The emphasis of this course is on the latest organization
EVMS principles and concepts in accordance • Develop an EVM implementation plan for Reporting Project Performance
with changes and guidelines for Earned your organization • Determining reporting objectives
Value Management in A Guide to the Project • Determining reporting needs
Management Body of Knowledge (the PMBOK® Course Overview • Reporting options
Guide). These concepts may be applied to any • Reporting problems
project, whether government or commercial. Getting Started
• Introductions Implementing EVM
Prerequisites • Course structure • Requirements for an EVMS
Participants should have a working knowledge • Course goals and objectives • Tailoring the EVMS
of general project management principles and • EVMS “light”
some familiarity with the concept of Earned Foundation Concepts
Value. • Definition and benefits of EVM Summary
• History of EVM and Cost and Schedule • What did we learn, and how can we
Course Level Control System Criteria (C/SCSC) implement this in our work environments?
Intermediate/Advanced • Project applications of EVM
Who Should Attend Building a Project Baseline
• All program managers, project managers • Definition of project baseline
and project team members who need • Developing a project baseline
to apply EVMS criteria to current or • Using a project baseline
future contracts, whether commercial or
governmental Recording Actuals
• Technical staff who are involved in • Data collection for recording actual project
Integrated Baseline Reviews or Earned Value performance
reporting • Methods for determining Earned Value
• All program managers, project managers • Improving the data-collection process
and technical staff applying Earned Value as
an integral part of fixed asset planning EVM Performance Measures
• Members of the Project Management Office • Calculating and interpreting measures of
interested in establishing the best and most current status
current EVMS processes - Cost and schedule variance
• Program or project managers who need - Cost and schedule performance indexes
to apply EVMS as a risk assessment and
management tool
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8817 / Four 3-hour sessions #5017 / 2 Days #PA8817 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 37
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

38. Project Management Advanced Courses
Global Project Management
Managing a Project with Global Stakeholders
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Managing a project where customers and What You Will Learn Monitoring and Controlling the Global Project
support organizations are spread over multiple You’ll learn how to: • Procurement control
countries and continents is a major challenge • Identify unique characteristics of global • Progress control
in today’s increasingly global environment. projects • Stakeholder control
There are different needs for communication, • Identify and analyze global stakeholders for
an awareness of different customs and work a project Closing the Global Project
expectations, as well as real legal differences • Communicate effectively with global • Lessons learned for global projects
which must be considered. stakeholders • Closing contracts
• Identify cultural differences and determine • Administrative closure
From identifying stakeholders and gathering how to handle them during the project
requirements to planning and controlling the • Control global projects Summary
project, a global project has its own unique set • Close a global project • What did we learn, and how can we
of challenges. implement this in our work environments?
Course Overview
The goal of this course is to equip you with the
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques so Getting Started Incorporate Simulation into this Course
that you can establish effective management • Introductions
Want this course delivered onsite to your
and leadership in an environment with a • Course structure
company or team? Enhance the class experi-
diverse set of stakeholders. • Course goals and objectives
ence by adding real-world simulation into the
mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
Prerequisites Global Project Management
simulation integrates proven learning theory
A good working knowledge of project • What is a global project?
with leading-edge computer technology and
management, as well as exposure to project • Why is it different from other projects?
game-based simulation techniques to deliver
leadership issues
lasting benefits.
Initiating the Global Project
Course Level • Starting a global project
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Intermediate/Advanced • Identifying and analyzing stakeholders
• The communication plan
Who Should Attend • Selecting the project manager
Project managers and all project team • A global project charter
members responsible for initiating, planning
and controlling a global project Planning the Global Project
• Requirements gathering for a global project
Performance Focus • Defining the scope
• Identifying stakeholders, gathering their • Estimating and scheduling difficulties for
requirements and creating an effective global projects
communications plan with them • Staffing the global project
• Leveraging the most appropriate tools • Developing the risk plan
and techniques for operating in a global
environment Executing the Global Project
• Customizing stakeholder interaction and • Team building for a global project
project control based on local customs and • Cultural issues
laws • Communication styles
• Procurement on a global basis
• Legal issues
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8871 / Four 3-hour sessions #3031 / 2 Days #PA8871 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 / CPE Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 18 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
38 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

39. Preventing, Recovering and Managing Troubled Projects
Project Management Advanced Courses
Get Derailed Projects Back on Track!
If it seems that your projects are often in trouble Performance Focus • Balancing on scope and productivity
when assigned to you, this workshop will be of • Early recognition of troubles • Balancing schedule and cost
value to you. Most seasoned project managers • Stakeholder alignment • Selecting the best combination using the
have had their share of experiences with • Problem-solving mindset three Ps: people, process and product
difficult or troubled projects… and unless they • Recovery plans
are careful, they will encounter more. The focus • Grassroots prevention focus Recovery in Action: Repairs and Restoration
of this workshop is to help the professional • Key competencies for preventing or • Repairs overview and setting the stage for
project manager more rapidly recognize the managing through troubles change
potential for trouble and correct the course • Implementing repairs through people,
early enough to avoid major problems. What You Will Learn process and product changes
You will learn to: • Transition to managing
While the first and most important order of • Recognize the major factors that contribute
business is to prevent problems, we know to a potentially “at risk” project Prevention Process Defined
that if you are in trouble RIGHT NOW, the first • Develop a readily useable checklist of • Prevention overview
thing you want to know is how to recover. To specific causes leading to troubled projects • Greater maturity
meet that need, the first half of this course • Categorize symptoms of a troubled project • Better performance through superior
addresses recovery. The second half of this so as to correctly associate them with root planning
course addresses prevention, either by manag- causes • Better performance through managing with
ing a recovered project to completion without • Formulatie plans for mitigating and/or a focus on risk
further problems or improving your prospects eliminating root causes
on future projects. • Assess the effectiveness of prevention and Prevention – Maturity
recovery actions and plans • The maturity myth
This workshop does not focus on “failed” • Intensive care for troubled projects
projects but rather on projects headed for Course Overview • Preventive medicine for troubled projects
failure without appropriate intervention. This is • An action plan
an exercise-driven, no-nonsense, professional Getting Started • Overview of planning phases
practice-focused workshop, positioning you to • Introductions • Key decisions for high-level planning
immediately apply tools and lessons learned. • Course structure • Key techniques for detailed planning
• Course goals and objectives
Prerequisites Prevention – Managing Risk
A basic understanding of and experience with Foundation Concepts • Final leg of the roadmap
key PM principles and tools, including stake- • Characterizing troubled projects • Emphasizing ongoing risk management
holder assessment and requirements definition, • Distinguishing troubled versus successful • Manage stakeholder expectations
integrated configuration management and projects • Monitoring and controlling requirements
change control, precedence diagramming and • Developing a roadmap to recovery and • An action plan for preventing, recovering
critical path scheduling, statistical estimating, beyond and managing your own troubled projects
Earned Value techniques and human resource
management. In addition, a PMP® credential The Recovery Process Defined Summary
(or global equivalent) is recommended. • Ready, set, recovery • What did we learn, and how can we
• Stage A: stakeholder realignment implement this in our work environments?
Course Level • Stage B: recovery blueprint
Intermediate/Advanced • Stage C: repairs and restoration
• Critical success factor: effective decision
Who Should Attend making Incorporate Simulation into this Course
The ideal participants for this program include:
Want this course delivered onsite to your
• Project or program managers who regularly Recovery in Action: Stakeholder Realignment
company or team? Enhance the class experi-
manage complex, high-visibility, high- • Overview of stakeholder realignment
ence by adding real-world simulation into the
priority projects, programs or multi-project • Assessing key stakeholders
mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
portfolios • Establishing realistic stakeholder
simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Project team members who are involved expectations
with leading-edge computer technology and
with these same situations and want to make • Establishing realistic team expectations
game-based simulation techniques to deliver
a difference on their teams
lasting benefits.
• Managers of project managers in a Project Recovery in Action: Recovery Blueprint
Management Office (PMO) or managers for • Blueprint overview and summary of options
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
whom the major part of their day-to-day • Qualitative analysis of root cause
work is project management-based • Surveying options versus circumstances
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8945 / Four 3-hour sessions #4039 / 2 Days #PA8945/ Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 39
PMP® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

40. Project Management Advanced Courses
Managing Multiple Projects
An Exercise-Driven Workshop
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Does your organization work on more than What You Will Learn Managing Risk Across Multiple Projects
one project at a time? Are there limitations You’ll learn how to: • Multi-project risk management process
to the type and amount of human and other • Manage stakeholder relationships and • Identifying, assessing and responding to
resources for project assignments? expectations multi-project risks
• Prioritize and sequence multiple projects • Critical chain and multi-project risks
Are your projects taking longer and longer • Manage time and stress within a multi- • Risk interrelationship management methods
to complete? Are results less than optimal project environment
because of time pressures on resources? • Effectively navigate the multi-project Creating and Executing the Multi-Project Plan
Would you like to increase project environment • The multi-project plan
“throughput”? • Use appropriate methods to plan and • Multi-project scheduling
control multiple projects • Multi-project budgeting
Succeeding in today’s competitive marketplace • Apply scheduling and estimating techniques • Executing and maintaining the multi-project
often requires cycle time reduction - reducing • Maintain a dynamic multi-project schedule plan
the duration of projects and getting results • Controlling in the multi-project environment
faster. This workshop will address managing Course Overview • Tools in multi-project management
multiple projects within the context of
program or product management. Getting Started Multi-Project Communications
• Introductions • Effective communication in the multi-project
Planning and managing individual projects is • Course structure environment
challenging. When introducing the real-life • Course goals and objectives • Common communication barriers
limitation of resources and other outside • Multiple project communications plan
influences into the multi-project environment, Foundation Concepts • Resolving multi-project conflicts
those challenges are magnified and new • Portfolio, program and project management
challenges are introduced. principles Summary
• The multiple project environment • What did we learn, and how can we
This interactive workshop will position you for • The MMP process model implement this in our work environments?
immediate action. The goal of this course is to
equip you with the necessary knowledge, skills Developing the Multi-Project List
and techniques so that you can effectively and • Multi-project portfolio management Incorporate Simulation into this Course
productively manage multiple projects. • Project selection
Want this course delivered onsite to your
• Project categories and types
company or team? Enhance the class experi-
Prerequisites • The multi-project list
ence by adding real-world simulation into the
A good working knowledge of project
mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
management, as well as some experience Multi-Project Logical Dependencies
simulation integrates proven learning theory
managing projects • Project dependencies
with leading-edge computer technology and
• Types of multi-project portfolios
game-based simulation techniques to deliver
Course Level • Categories of logical dependencies across
lasting benefits.
Intermediate/Advanced multiple projects
• Project priorities in the multi-project
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Who Should Attend schedule
You should attend this workshop if you
manage a single project that is affected by Multi-Project Resource Management
other projects within your organization, • Multi-project resources and resource
participate in or lead resource assignment management concepts
decisions across multiple projects, support • Multi-project resource loading
portfolio management decision-making • Resource pool and resource database
processes for the selection and prioritization of • Multi-project resource issues and
projects or manage multiple projects at your outsourcing
company. • Critical chain resource management,
including drum resources and multi-tasking
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8814 / Four 3-hour sessions #8114 / 2 Days #PA8814 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
40 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

41. Program Management
Project Management Advanced Courses
Successfully Managing a Group of Related Projects
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Program managers coordinate the efforts of • Identify the characteristics of a successful • Initiating the program
marketing groups, project teams, product project • Authorizing constituent projects
delivery, support, operations and people • Create an initial project plan • Initiating a team
from other functional groups, including • Identify and perform the major aspects of
multiple suppliers and business partners. project initiation, project control and close- Planning the Program
Their goal is to ensure that proposed business out • The program management plan
changes, complex products and processes • Identify and describe cultural change issues • Interface and transition planning
are implemented to deliver on the programs’ in implementing project management • Planning program scope, schedule, cost,
strategic benefits and objectives. resources and quality
Performance Focus • Planning program communication, risk and
The goal of this course is to equip you with the • What a program is, how it fits within a procurement
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques project/program portfolio and how it differs • Planning measurement and performance
to set up, plan, manage and control programs from portfolios and projects evaluation
based on the most recent PMI® Standard for • How to: structure a program; create
Program Management. You will learn and a program board to ensure effective Executing the Program
apply the principles of program management governance; sequence projects; estimate, • Directing and managing program execution
through a case study and up to thirteen schedule and optimize resources; set up • Acquiring and developing the program team
exercises. communication, collaboration and reporting • Performing Quality Assurance and
structures; and coordinate ongoing information distribution
Prerequisites operations with various projects • Managing procurement activities
We recommend that participants have • How to align program objectives with those
between three and five years of project of the organization, as well as with the Monitoring and Controlling the Program
management experience. Additionally, PMP® community within which it will operate and • Program integrated change control
certification - or a good working knowledge produce results • Monitoring and controlling program work
of A Guide to the Project Management Body of • Controlling program resources, scope,
Knowledge (the PMBOK® Guide) - is also Course Overview quality, schedule and cost
desirable. • Controlling program risks, issues,
Getting Started communication and contracts
Course Level • Introductions • Measuring benefits realization
Advanced • Course structure
• Course goals and objectives Closing the Program
Who Should Attend • Closing the program
You should attend if you plan, control or Project Management Context and Concepts • Closing components
manage the execution of complex projects or • Programs, projects and portfolios: what they • Closing contracts
programs made up of multiple projects often are and how they relate • Interim and post-program reviews
with operational activities. Roles of suggested • Program management and program
participants include: IT application managers, managers: managing complex efforts to Summary
product managers, event managers and realize benefits • What did we learn, and how can we
consultants. Others who can benefit from this • Benefit management implement this in our work environments?
course include those who manage projects • Stakeholder management
within programs, aspiring program managers, • Governance: program management office Incorporate Simulation into this Course
portfolio managers, program management and program boards
officers, project management officers, • The Standard for Program Management Want this course delivered onsite to your
functional managers, marketing directors, overview company or team? Enhance the class experi-
consultants or researchers. ence by adding real-world simulation into the
Program Management Life Cycle mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
What You Will Learn • The difference between program life cycle simulation integrates proven learning theory
You’ll learn how to: and program management processes with leading-edge computer technology and
• Describe the project management process • Characteristics of program life cycle game-based simulation techniques to deliver
and its benefits • Benefit management and program life cycle lasting benefits.
• Use project management vocabulary and • Program governance and program life cycle
terminology • Five phases of program life cycle Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8851 / Four 3-hour sessions #5035 / 2 Days #PA8851 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 41
APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI®, PMBOK® and PMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

42. Project Management Advanced Courses
The Project Management Office
A Building Block for Achieving and Managing PM Effectiveness
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
This course addresses the complex issues of • Describe the importance of periodic • Identifying troubled projects and
how to integrate a Project Management Office evaluations of projects and other Enterprise conducting a project audit
(PMO) into the organization while avoiding Project Management (EPM) processes • Supporting project recovery
bureaucracy, turf wars and other resistance to a (e.g., portfolio management) to provide an
disciplined and flexible PM process throughout objective view of maturity and performance The PMO’s Role in Project Management
the enterprise. Working with our experts, you • Describe project management maturity, Competency Development
will assess the needs of your organization for a metrics at maturity levels and the roles and • Definition of competency
PMO, be ready to design the kind of PMO that responsibilities of the PMO in a maturity • The importance of competency in project
will be most effective for you and define the assessment management
path to PM maturity and competency. • Describe the role of the PMO in performing • The PMO’s role in performing a competency
a competency analysis and developing and analysis
Issues addressed include: multiple levels of using a competency model • The PMO’s role in developing and using a
PMOs, project autonomy, the methodology role • Determine the steps needed to implement competency model
of the PMO and whether the PMO should be a PMO and effectively position it within the
the “home” of project managers or an enabling organization Project Management Office: Maturity Levels
organization that supports project excellence • Definition of maturity and organizational/
and portfolio management. Course Overview enterprise project management
• The PMO and maturity models
Prerequisites Getting Started • Metrics and key performance indicators
A good working knowledge of project • Introductions • Role of the PMO in the maturity assessment
management, as well as some experience • Course structure process
managing projects • Course goals and objectives
The Ten-Step Implementation Process
Course Level Foundation Concepts • Goals for the PMO
Intermediate/Advanced • Defining a PMO and EPM • Commitment for a PMO
• The importance of a PMO • PMO functions, roles and responsibilities
Who Should Attend • The desired organizational environment • Processes and tools to be provided by the
The course is designed for senior PM • Key characteristics of a PMO PMO
practitioners, PMO staff, managers of PMs and • The PMO resource estimation process
others who want to know what a good PMO is Project Success: Different Measures and • The needed budget for the PMO
and how to build and maintain one. Views • Staffing the PMO
• Definition of project success • Assimilating the PMO
Performance Focus • Client and team views of project success
The goal of this course is to equip you with the • Ways to quantify project success Summary
necessary knowledge and skills to establish, • Approaches to rate and evaluate the success • What did we learn, and how can we
improve and work with a PMO that will be the of the project at frequent and regular implement this in our work environments?
catalyst for enterprise project management intervals
excellence. Incorporate Simulation into this Course
PMO Functions: Project-Focused and
What You Will Learn Enterprise-Focused Want this course delivered onsite to your
You’ll learn how to: • Organization goals and their influence on company or team? Enhance the class experi-
• Describe why it is advantageous for an PMO functions ence by adding real-world simulation into the
organization to have a PMO • Different levels of coverage for the PMO in mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
• Differentiate between different views of the organization simulation integrates proven learning theory
project success and the role of the PMO • Project- and enterprise-focused functions with leading-edge computer technology and
as a facilitator to assure success for all game-based simulation techniques to deliver
stakeholders The PMO and Project Control, Audit and lasting benefits.
• Recognize that the PMO can operate on a Recovery
continuum from providing specific functions • Establishing a control process to identify Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
that support individual projects to being troubled projects
responsible for the results of all of the • Describing the PMO’s role in review, audit
enterprise’s projects and recovery
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8835 / Four 3-hour sessions #8135 / 2 Days #PA8835 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
42 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

43. Project Portfolio Management
Project Management Advanced Courses
How to Increase the Return on Your Organization’s Project Management
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
This workshop defines the strategy, processes, What You Will Learn Acquiring the Right Information
information, analysis and deliverables of an You’ll learn how to: • Key portfolio data elements
effective portfolio management approach. You • Define the five fundamental components of • Relating the portfolio data
will learn how to proactively identify, select, the enterprise-level PPM process • Measuring portfolio performance
de-select and nurture a balanced and desirable • Identify the components of PPM, including • Portfolio information checklists
mix of projects. Effective portfolio management information requirements, principal
improves the multi-project flow through the performers and the relationship among the Analyzing, Balancing and Optimizing the
organization (speed and quality) by minimizing major activities Portfolio
unnecessary multi-tasking and priority changes. • Relate the principles of enterprise-level PPM • What is a balanced portfolio?
to business strategy and organizational • Portfolio selection methods
The goal of this course is to provide you with performance • Analysis and optimization
knowledge of the components, importance and • Evaluate specific techniques, tools and • Ways to view the portfolio
challenges of implementing enterprise-level models for project selection, prioritization,
project portfolio management (PPM) based resource management and portfolio Survey of Enterprise PPM Tools
upon your organization’s strategic business balancing • Why use PPM tools?
goals. • Navigate the organizational change that • The three levels of tools
is required to implement or improve your • Effective selection and use
Prerequisites portfolio management process • Available tools and product suites
We recommend that participants have between • Recognize the benefits and challenges of
three and five years of project management implementing portfolio management within Applying Portfolio Management
experience. the business • Creating a project portfolio
• Refining the portfolio contents
Course Level Course Overview • Root Cause Analysis
Intermediate/Advanced • Managing resistance to change
Getting Started
Who Should Attend • Introductions Summary
• People who support portfolio management • Course structure • What did we learn, and how can we
decision-making processes for the selection • Course goals and objectives implement this in our work environments?
and prioritization of projects
• Project Management Office (PMO) team Portfolio Management Framework
members responsible for or with an interest • Portfolios, programs and projects Incorporate Simulation into this Course
in developing and managing their project • A closer look at portfolio management
Want this course delivered onsite to your
portfolio(s) • Why portfolio management is important
company or team? Enhance the class experi-
• The enterprise portfolio management model
ence by adding real-world simulation into the
Performance Focus
mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
• Defining the objectives of PPM and project Defining the Portfolio Management Process
simulation integrates proven learning theory
portfolio process • Portfolio management models and
with leading-edge computer technology and
• Strategic planning as it relates to portfolio approaches
game-based simulation techniques to deliver
management • Portfolio management process steps
lasting benefits.
• Linking the project portfolio with the • Challenges of multi-project management
resource and asset portfolios • What is business strategy?
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
• Prioritizing projects, improving project flow • Applying business strategy to the portfolio
and return on investment (ROI) • Stepping through a strategic decision
• Managing resource pools and the strategic • Implementing business strategy using PM
resource(s) • Unified Project Management® Methodology
• Avoiding the trap of becoming too involved (UPMM™) approach to strategic decisions
in the details
• Defining and facilitating the roles and Organizational Factors and Influences
responsibilities of the PMO, executives and • PM and organizational change
others • Creating the right environment
• Ensuring project ownership and sponsorship • Stakeholder perspectives
• The enterprise PMO
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8862 / Four 3-hour sessions #8108 / 2 Days #PA8862 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 43
APMC®, The Kerzner Approach® and Unified Project Management® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. UPMMTM is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

44. Project Management Advanced Courses
Prep Course for the PMI-RMP® Exam
Learn the Risk Management Practice Standard
This workshop is designed for project Risk Governance PMI-RMP Certification Qualifications
managers as well as project participants and • Overview of risk governance domain Candidates for PMI-RMP who hold a Bachelor’s degree or
line managers who work directly with risk • Pre-project life cycle (PLC) governance tasks the global equivalent must have a minimum of 30 hours of
management and who wish to prepare for • Governance tasks performed during the PLC classroom and/or eLearning instruction in the area of proj-
the PMI® Risk Management Professional • Post-PLC governance tasks ect risk management. They must also have 3,000 hours of
professional project risk management experience within
(PMI-RMP) exam.
the last five consecutive years. Candidates who have a high
Risk Communication
school diploma, Associate’s degree or global equivalent
Prerequisites • Overview of risk communication domain must have a minimum of 40 hours of classroom and/or
A good working knowledge of project • Value of project risk management eLearning instruction in the area of project risk manage-
management, some experience managing • Stakeholders’ sensitivity to project risks ment. In addition, they must have 4,500 hours of profes-
projects and a basic understanding of A Guide • Common understanding of project risks sional project risk management experience within the last
to the Project Management Body of Knowledge • Status reports that focus on project risks five consecutive years. All candidates should complete and
(the PMBOK® Guide) submit the PMI-RMP certification application directly to PMI,
Risk Analysis Domain – Identification Process and they must also pass the 3.5-hour computer-based 170-
Course Level • Risk identification overview question exam. For more information, go to www.pmi.org.
Intermediate/Advanced • Risk identification techniques
• Risk identification outputs
Who Should Attend
This course is designed for project, product Risk Analysis Domain – Qualitative Process
and program managers and anyone else • Qualitative risk analysis overview
interested in learning more about PMI’s Risk • Analyzing probability and impact Each participant will receive a copy
Management Practice Standard and taking the • Analyzing urgency of Practice Standard for Project Risk
PMI-RMP exam. • Assessing data quality Management.
• Prioritizing risks qualitatively
Performance Focus
The overall goals of this course are to: Risk Analysis Domain – Quantitative Process
• Define the scope of the PMI-RMP credential • Overview of quantitative analysis
• Assist participants in successfully preparing • Using quantitative techniques
to achieve the credential • Prioritizing risks quantitatively
• Establishing control limits
What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to: Risk Response Planning
• Explain the value and benefits of the PMI- • Risk response planning overview
RMP credential • Developing risk response strategies
• Perform a self-assessment of your • Developing contingency approaches
knowledge and skills • Presenting recommendations to key
• Prepare a study plan that will allow you to stakeholders
pass the exam
Exam Preparation, Recap and Closing
Course Overview • Exam application and preparation
• Recap of risk exam sources and domains
Getting Started • Review of PMBOK Guide’s risk processes
• Introductions • Summary of risk interactions with other
• Course structure
• Course goals and objectives PMBOK Guide Knowledge Areas
• Practice exam
Foundation Concepts • Course closure
• Basic risk concepts
• Project risk characteristics
• PMBOK Guide’s risk management processes
• Scope of the RMP exam
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8932 / Four 3-hour sessions #5029 / 2 Days #PA8932 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
44 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI®, PMBOK® and PMI-RMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

45. Prep Course for the PMI-SP® Exam
Project Management Advanced Courses
Learn the Scheduling Practice Standard
This workshop serves as a PMI® Scheduling Schedule Domains Project Human Resource Management
Professional (PMI-SP) intensive exam prepara- • Schedule mission management • Human resource processes
tion course. It also presents scheduling practice • Schedule creation • Components of the human resource plan
standards to help a scheduling practitioner • Schedule maintenance • Techniques for obtaining a project team
become more effective. This workshop is kept • Schedule analysis • Techniques for developing the project team
up to date with the framework of knowledge • Schedule communication/reporting • Resolving team conflicts
outlined by the Practice Standard for Scheduling,
the PMI Scheduling Professional Examination Project Integration Management Project Communications Management
Specification and PMI’s A Guide to the Project • Role of organizational process assets • Communication processes
Management Body of Knowledge (the PMBOK® • Role of enterprise environmental factors • Defining a communication approach
Guide). • Project charter • Communication models/methods
• Project management plan • Communication management plan
Participants are encouraged to obtain a copy - Project baseline • Reporting to others
of the PMBOK Guide as a supplemental study - Subsidiary plans • Performance reports
source prior to taking the exam. The guide may • Managing changes
be downloaded for free by all PMI members. • Reviewing and correcting project work Project Risk Management
You do not need the guide to attend the course, • Closing the project or phase • Risk management processes
as all materials are provided. • Planning for risks
Project Scope Management • Controlling risks
Prerequisites • Project scope statement components
A good working knowledge of project • Role of the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) PMI-SP Exam Review
management, some experience managing • Managing changes • Recommended books
projects and a basic understanding of the • Exam blueprint
PMBOK Guide Project Time Management • Study tips
• Scheduling processes integrated with other • The PMI-SP credential examination
Course Level PMBOK Guide processes • Sample exam questions
Intermediate/Advanced • Defining activities
- Enterprise environmental factors Course Summary and Next Steps
Who Should Attend - Organizational process assets
• Individuals who plan to take the exam but - Decomposing the WBS
need some guidance to create a study path • Sequencing activities PMI-SP Certification Qualifications
• Individuals who are studying for the exam - Arrow diagramming method Candidates for PMI-SP who hold a Bachelor’s degree or the
and want to identify gaps in their knowledge - Precedence diagramming method global equivalent must have a minimum of 30 hours of
• Individuals who are interested in a “refresher” • Estimating activity resources classroom and/or eLearning instruction in the area of project
course before sitting for the exam - Determining resource needs scheduling. They must also have 3,500 hours of professional
project scheduling experience within the last five consecu-
- Using various techniques to plan for
tive years. Candidates who have a high school diploma,
Course Overview resource needs Associate’s degree or global equivalent must have a mini-
• Estimating activity durations mum of 40 hours of classroom and/or eLearning instruction
Getting Started - Differentiating between various in the area of project scheduling. In addition, they must
• Introductions estimating techniques have 5,000 hours of professional project scheduling experi-
• Course structure - Calculating an estimate from a formula ence within the last five consecutive years. All candidates
• Course goals and objectives • Developing the schedule should complete and submit the PMI-SP certification appli-
• Conducting the forward pass/backward pass cation directly to PMI, and they must also pass the 3.5-hour
Becoming a PMI-SP • Calculating the critical path computer-based 170-question exam. For more information,
• Overview of the PMI-SP credential • Controlling the schedule go to www.pmi.org.
• Eligibility requirements - Conducting performance reviews
• The PMI-SP application process - Analyzing variances
• Benefits of achieving certification - Updates to various project documents
Scheduling Concepts and Standards Project Cost Management Each participant will receive a copy of
• Role of The Practice Standard for Scheduling • Role of the schedule in cost estimating The Practice Standard for Scheduling.
• The schedule development process • Techniques for estimating
• Essential elements of a schedule • Budgeting techniques
• Scheduling components • Cost performance baseline
• Schedule conformance and scoring • Earned Value Management (EVM)
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8943 / Four 3-hour sessions #3100 / 2 Days #PA8943 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 45
PMI®, PMBOK® and PMI-SP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

46. Project Management Advanced Courses
Prep Course for the PgMP® Exam
Learn the Program Management Standard
The aim of this course is to prepare Foundation concepts Program Financial Management
professionals who are familiar with the • Programs, projects and portfolios: definitions, • Establish program financial framework
principles of program management for the differences and how they relate • Develop program financial plan
PMI® Program Management Professional (PgMP) • Program management life cycle • Estimate and budget program costs
examination. Designed and developed by • Role of program manager and Program • Monitor and control program financials
PgMP-certified consultants and instructors, Office
the curriculum is based on PMI’s Standard for • Program management skills and knowledge Program Stakeholder Management
Program Management, and A Guide to the Project areas • Plan program stakeholder management
Management Body of Knowledge (the PMBOK® • Identify program stakeholders
Guide). Program Process Groups • Engage program stakeholders
• Five process groups and linkage to five • Manage program stakeholders
In addition to preparing for the PgMP exam, you program management phases
will gain a thorough understanding of program • Linkage with six performance domains as Program Governance
management. You will also learn about the role described in the examination specification • Plan/establish program governance structure
of program managers, the interface between • Linkage with 12 knowledge areas • Plan for audits and program quality
project and program managers, the competen- • Approve component initiation
cies of a program manager and the relationship Program Integration Management • Provide governance oversight
between program and portfolio managers. • Initiate program • Manage program benefits
You will understand how program managers • Develop program management plan • Monitor and control program changes
align and manage benefits, engage and involve • Develop program infrastructure • Approve component transition
stakeholder groups and establish governance • Develop and manage program execution
across the program life cycle. • Manage program resources Program Management Professional (PgMP)
• Monitor and control program performance Examination
Prerequisites • Close program • Application process and eligibility criteria
We recommend that participants have between • Sample exam questions • Multi-rater assessment
three and five years of PM experience. PMP® • IIL’s online learning tool – sample exam
certification or a good working knowledge of Program Scope Management • PgMP examination overview and
the PMBOK Guide is also desirable. • Plan program scope specification
• Define program goals and objectives
Course Level • Develop program requirements Course Summary and Next Steps
Advanced • Develop program architecture
• Develop program Work Breakdown Structure
What You Will Learn • Manage program architecture PgMP Certification Qualifications
You’ll learn: • Manage component interfaces Candidates for PgMP who hold a Bachelor’s degree or the
• The interrelationships between some of the • Monitor and control program scope global equivalent must have a minimum of four years (6,000
42 project management processes and 47 hours) of unique non-overlapping project management
program management processes Program Time Management experience. They must also have a minimum of four years
• Details on the five phases of the program • Develop program schedule (6,000 hours) of unique non-overlapping program manage-
ment experience. . Candidates who have a high school
management life cycle • Monitor and control program schedule
diploma, Associate’s degree or global equivalent must have
• Tasks, knowledge and skills of a program a minimum of four years (6,000 hours) of unique non-over-
manager at each phase and in each process Program Communications Management lapping project management experience in addition to a
of the program life cycle • Plan communications minimum of seven years (10,500 hours) of unique non-over-
• Content of and interrelationships between • Distribute information lapping program management experience. All candidates
the 12 knowledge areas should complete and submit the PgMP certification applica-
• What an examination blueprint looks like and Report Program: Program Risk Management tion directly to PMI, and they must also pass the 3.5-hour
how to prepare for the PgMP exam • Plan program and risk management computer-based 170-question exam. For more information,
• Identify and analyze program risks go to www.pmi.org.
Course Overview • Plan program risk responses
• Monitor and control program risks
Getting Started
• Introductions Program Procurement Management
• Course structure • Plan program procurements Each participant will receive a copy of
• Course goals and objectives • Conduct program procurements The Standard for Program Management.
• Administer program procurements
• Close program procurements
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8859 / Four 3-hour sessions #5039 / 2 Days #PA8859 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
46 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI®, PMBOK® and PgMP® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

47. www.iil.com
Project Management for IT Professionals
The ability to shift and adapt in fast-paced, dynamic surroundings
is a critical skill for information technology (IT) professionals. For
project practitioners, achieving success means integrating timely
application of technical and interpersonal skills with innovation.
IIL offers a Project Management curriculum customized for leaders
in the IT industry to ensure that you remain current and effective.
Course topics include: The Fundamentals of PM for IT, Require-
ments and Risk Management, Managing Multiple IT Projects, Man-
aging the Systems Development Process, Agile, Scrum and ITIL®.
Be the IT Corporate Leader
Why wait for other departments or organizations to set the agenda and direction? Learn to define your program or
project’s course. IIL provides training in emerging and evolving standards, methodologies and best practices for IT
managers and professionals. These learning opportunities offer enhancements to IT management skills for program
requirements gathering, product development, management, production and support that can help you establish your
department’s reputation for foresight and planning.
Introduce New Approaches
Today’s market forces are driving the emergence of project and program methodologies that aim to deliver
production-ready materials in abbreviated timeframes. These disciplines are enhanced by a new generation of Agile
software development methods which dissolve functional barriers, promote collaboration and enhance role-focused
views for the application life cycle.
Agile methods welcome changing requirements, even late in development. Scrum is a framework for managing
complex projects that is often used in Agile development. It teams up the customer and technical staff so that
software can rapidly arm the business to secure and maintain its competitive edge.
Improve Your Level of Service
The IT Infrastructure Library® (ITIL) is a set of best practice standards for IT service management.
Leaving room for innovation, ITIL advocates graceful adaptation under changing conditions.
ITIL employs rough designs and broad parameters rather than rigid frameworks, so that solutions to user
demands become emergent.
IIL offers ITIL 2011 Edition Introductory Level courses, including ITIL Foundation (ITIL Foundation Classroom, ITIL
Foundation On-Demand) and ITIL Awareness, as well as two streams of ITIL Intermediate Level courses – Service
Capability Courses and Service Lifecycle Courses. In addition, we offer the capstone course of the ITIL Intermediate
series, “Managing Across the Lifecycle,” successful completion of which allows you to earn your ITIL Expert Qualification.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
IT Infrastructure Library® and ITIL® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. PoleStar™ is a Trademark of G2G3 Propulsion.
47

48. Project Management for IT Professionals
Project Management Fundamentals for IT Professionals
Developed for Information Technology Environments
A number of factors impact the project breakdown structure (WBS) and establish a • Planning project communications
manager’s role within information technology baseline project plan • Planning project procurements
(IT) – for instance, the need to fully integrate IT • Execute against the baseline project plan
into the business improvement process and the while managing change and configuration Executing, Monitoring and Controlling
advent of distributed technology and Business items • Executing
Process Reengineering. As a result, the range • Monitor and control project activities using • Monitoring and controlling
of activities required of a project manager has the baseline project plan and Earned Value
greatly increased, as well as the range of people Management concepts Project Closing
with whom s/he interacts. This workshop enables • Close the project by conducting scope
you to minimize the problems inherent in verification, procurement audits, gathering Summary
managing a systems development project. lessons learned, archiving project records and • What did we learn, and how can we
releasing resources implement this in our work environments?
Prerequisites
Basic project management training or equivalent Course Overview
experience
Getting Started Incorporate Simulation into this Course
Course Level • Introductions
Basic • Course structure Want this course delivered onsite to your
• Course goals and objectives company or team? Enhance the class experi-
Who Should Attend • Case study ence by adding real-world simulation into the
This course is designed for: mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
• Information technology professionals Foundation Concepts simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Product managers • Key definitions and concepts with leading-edge computer technology and
• Systems and software developers • Methodologies, processes and project life game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• Systems analysts and IT managers cycles lasting benefits.
• Business people who are involved in IT • Project success factors and the benefits of
projects standards and models Read more about ITSM simulation on page 54.
Performance Focus Originating and Initiating
• A practical, systematic approach to managing • Originating projects
IT projects along with project management • Initiating projects
skills and concepts
• Realistic planning and control, along with Planning Scope and Quality
other project management activities, to • Planning project scope
maximize the probability of project success • Planning project quality
• You will leave the program with a workable
plan of action for managing IT projects Planning Time
effectively and the skills needed to make the • Planning project time
plan succeed • Identifying schedule activities
• Sequencing schedule activities
What You Will Learn • Estimating activity resources and time
You’ll learn how to: • Developing the project schedule
• Articulate the benefit of using project
management methodology, processes and Planning Risk and Cost
various life cycles for IT projects • Planning for project risks
• Articulate various standards and maturity • Planning project costs
models that provide benefits to performing • Estimating project costs
organizations that manage IT projects • Developing a project budget
• Describe governance, gating and the
processes required for project origination Planning Human Resources
• Conduct a stakeholder analysis and describe • Planning Human Resources
its benefits throughout the project life cycle • Developing a project team
• Developing effective leadership skills
• Gather good requirements, develop a work Planning Communication and Procurement
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8864 / Six 3-hour sessions #8144 / 3 Days #PA8864 / Six 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18 CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21 / CPE Credits: 25 CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18
48 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

49. Project Management for IT Professionals
Requirements Management for IT Professionals
Managing Project Scope from Concept to Completion
The causes of the majority of failed information Course Overview Requirements Specification
technology (IT) projects can be traced to poor • Software Requirements Specification
definition and understanding of requirements. Getting Started • Identifying sources of requirements
Changing requirements create more delays • Introductions • Labeling requirements
than any other factor. If you want to improve • Course structure • Organizing requirements information
project performance, you must improve the • Course goals and objectives • Documenting business rules
way you define and manage requirements. • Creating a requirements traceability matrix
They are the bridge between the customer who Introduction to Requirements Management
will describe, pay for and use the system and • Objectives of projects Requirements Verification and Control
the technical community who will specify and • The project environment • Requirements analysis and verification
provide the system. • Classifying projects • Requirements pre-reviews
• Requirements for systems • Requirements reviews
Prerequisites • Levels of requirements • Requirements checklists
Basic project management training or • Requirements documents • Test cases for verification
equivalent experience • User Requirements Specification • Requirements testing
• Voice of the Customer • Requirements change control
Course Level • Documenting the beginning of the project
Intermediate • Stakeholder assessment Summary
• Roles and responsibilities of stakeholders • What did we learn, and how can we
Who Should Attend • Creating the URS implement this in our work environments?
This workshop is designed for systems
professionals or business associates who will Requirements Development
take part in defining requirements for • Five levels of requirements maturity Incorporate Simulation into this Course
computer systems development, business • Requirements development and the major
reengineering, procedural change or other activities Want this course delivered onsite to your
activities that require the analysis of a business • Detailed descriptions of type of requirements company or team? Enhance the class experi-
system. There are no technical prerequisites. • Quality attributes and example of ence by adding real-world simulation into the
Participants do not need prior experience in requirements in traditional “shall” statements mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
Business Analysis. • Requirements prioritization simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Requirements repository with leading-edge computer technology and
Performance Focus game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• You will cultivate the skills needed to identify Requirements Elicitation Tools lasting benefits.
and get full business information from the • Interviewing
right sponsors, clients, users and others • Objects and classes Read more about ITSM simulation on page 54.
• You will acquire structured and object- • Class, package and sequence diagrams
oriented modeling techniques and • What does a Use Case look like?
templates to identify and present business • Elements of a Use Case
and systems requirements clearly and • Types of Use Case – textual versus graphical
effectively • Use Case and requirements collection
• Prototyping
What You Will Learn • Storyboarding
You’ll learn how to: • Brainstorming
• Determine who the stakeholders are • Requirements workshop
and establish roles and appropriate
requirements-gathering techniques Requirements Analysis
• Differentiate between business, user, • Structured analysis
functional and system requirements • Context diagrams
• Gather requirements and create the User • Data flow diagrams
Requirements Specification (URS) document • Entity relationship diagrams
• Develop user and functional Use Cases • Structured English
• Create the Software Requirements • Data dictionary
Specification (SRS) document • Decision table and decision tree
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8827 / Four 3-hour sessions #5027 / 2 Days #PA8827 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 49

50. Project Management for IT Professionals
Risk Management for IT Professionals
Developed for Information Technology Environments
Information technology (IT) projects can have • Analyze individual risk events and overall Plan Risk Response for IT Projects
direct bottom-line impact on companies, cost project risk using IT-specific, practical • Plan risk response overview
millions of dollars, cause organizational change approaches • Active risk response strategies for IT projects
and shift the way the company is perceived by • Plan effective responses to IT-specific - Avoidance
clients. Many IT projects are notoriously hard to risk based on the results of risk analysis - Mitigation
predict and are filled with risk. and integrate risk responses into project - Transference
schedules and cost estimates • Acceptance and contingency reserves
This course takes a comprehensive look at • Manage and control risk throughout the IT • Contingency planning for IT projects
IT project risk management using the Risk project life cycle • Plan risk responses for IT projects
Management Model found in PMI®’s A Guide • Implement selected elements of IT project
to the Project Management Body of Knowledge risk management on your next project Monitor and Control Risks for IT Projects
(PMBOK® Guide) within the context of IT Project • Monitor and control risks overview
Life Cycle (PLC) phases. Course Overview • Monitor and control risks tips for IT projects
• Earned value management system
Prerequisites Getting Started • Technical performance measurement
Basic project management training, as well as • Introductions systems
one to three years of managing projects in an • Course structure • Risk management implementation for IT
IT environment • Course goals and objectives projects
Course Level Foundation Concepts Summary
Intermediate • Basic concepts and purpose • What did we learn, and how can we
• Risk and project constraints implement this in our work environments?
Who Should Attend • Risk and corporate cultures
This program is designed for: • Risk management and IT PLC standards Incorporate Simulation into this Course
• IT managers, IT project leaders and IT project
or program managers Plan Risk Management for IT Projects Want this course delivered onsite to your
• Business Analysts, Systems Analysts and • Plan Risk management process company or team? Enhance the class experi-
other IT professionals who are responsible • Plan Risk management activities ence by adding real-world simulation into the
for planning, controlling and risk - Design a standard template mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
management - Assess the project-specific needs simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Project coordinators and liaisons who - Tailor the template with leading-edge computer technology and
represent non-IT organizations in IT projects - Produce a project-specific risk game-based simulation techniques to deliver
management plan lasting benefits.
Performance Focus - Gain consensus
• Assess project risk more effectively, avoid • A risk management plan of IT Read more about ITSM simulation on page 54.
and mitigate risks in project performance projects
and learn from your experience
• Identify risks; evaluate those risks from Identify Risks for IT Projects
multiple perspectives, qualitatively and • Identify risk process overview
quantitatively; determine which risk • Risk categories and examples
responses and mitigation strategies are • Risk identification tools
most appropriate and how to control project • Risk events by project life cycle phases
risk throughout the project life cycle
Perform Risk Analysis for IT Projects
What You Will Learn • Perform qualitative risk analysis overview
You’ll learn how to: • Core qualitative tools for IT projects
• Describe the risk management process, • Auxiliary qualitative tools for cost and
using the PMBOK Guide’s standard models schedule estimates
and terminology • When to use quantitative analysis for IT
• Discuss the potential barriers to managing projects
risk effectively in IT project organizations
• Develop an effective risk management plan
for IT projects
• Identify project risks using IT-specific,
practical tools
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8828 / Four 3-hour sessions #5028 / 2 Days #PA8828 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
50 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI® and PMBOK® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

51. Project Management for IT Professionals
Managing Multiple IT Projects
Developed for Information Technology Environments
Managing multi-projects is a critical capability Course Overview • Program status/progress control
in any information technology (IT) organization. • Scorecards and dashboards
Multi-project management relates to project Getting Started
managers’ work in balancing projects in process • Introductions Stabilizing Multi-project Environments
while handling requests for new work and • Course structure • Architecture, tools, training, reusability,
juggling priorities. • Course goals and objectives baselines and releases
• Maintenance and enhancement activities
Prerequisites Introduction • Handling priority shifts
Basic project management training or • Systems thinking – taking a holistic view • Small, short-term projects and/or ad hoc
equivalent experience • Theory of Constraints and IT multi-project projects
management • Protecting development projects from
Course Level • Key definitions resource drain
Intermediate • Multi-project management issues
Multi-project Quality Management and
Who Should Attend The Context – Organization Structure and Organization Change
The workshop is designed for: Project Types • Understanding, avoiding and addressing
• Program managers • Structure as a means of better performance resistance to change
• Project managers and portfolio managers • Roles of functional and operational groups • Product and cross-project process reviews
• Relatively senior people with a practical • Internal and external client roles in projects • Lessons learned and continuous
involvement in program and portfolio • Roles: program, portfolio, functional, product improvement
management and project managers
Summary
Systems Planning and Budgeting • What did we learn, and how can we
Issues to be addressed include implications • The need for enterprise-level systems implement this in our work environments?
of systems infrastructure and application planning
architectures in portfolio management and • Strategic planning and portfolio management
program and multi-project management. • IT strategy Incorporate Simulation into this Course
• Maximizing the value of the portfolio
What You Will Learn • Planning participants Want this course delivered onsite to your
You’ll learn how to: • Presenting plans to clients and sponsors company or team? Enhance the class experi-
• Identify the critical factors in multi-project • The portfolio management system ence by adding real-world simulation into the
management and project portfolio mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
management, including the interplay Selecting and Prioritizing Projects simulation integrates proven learning theory
between business and technology issues, • Project life cycle and PM methodology with leading-edge computer technology and
intra-organizational issues, resource • Selection criteria/weights and scores method game-based simulation techniques to deliver
management and cost benefit analysis • Scoping and evaluation of projects lasting benefits.
• Identify the strategic business and technology • Building a business case
drivers of project selection and prioritization • Portfolio balance factors Read more about ITSM simulation on page 54.
and use checklists of these drivers in project
and program reviews Resource Management
• Develop multi-project and program plans • Multi-project resource management
using project dependency analysis, risk • The Project Office and functional group roles
analysis, architectural/infrastructure planning, and responsibilities
resource management, project categorization • The Critical Chain and Drum Resource
and other techniques
• Identify the role of a Project Management Program and Product Management
Office in a multi-project management context • The relationships between products,
• Describe the principles and impact of Iterative programs and projects
Development and Incremental Development • Product costs versus project costs
approaches in the multi-project context • Relationship to incremental development and
• Influence others in the organization iterative development
regarding the improvement of multi-project • Project dependency analysis, risk analysis and
management project buffers
• Operational – deployment, support, change
control and configuration management
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8818 / Four 3-hour sessions #8113 / 2 Days #PA8818 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 51

52. Project Management for IT Professionals
Agile Development and Project Management
Introducing Agile Development and Its Relationship to Project Management
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
The concept of Agile software development • Overarching Agile principles: Agile • Influencing beyond our reach (starting from
incorporates the principles and precepts manifesto, its principles and key enablers the top down for an Agile method or even
of a number of software development and • Applying Agile concepts to project within a more Agile organization, what we
quality management methods that are based management CAN we do to influence the process for better
on speeding the time to market. The Agile • Journey into Agile territory: topic flow from results?)
development approach enables cycle time technical practices to leadership/directional
reductions through lower process overhead and practices to implementation Summary
more efficient and responsive practices. • What did we learn, and how can we
Solution-focused Agile Development Practices implement this in our work environments?
Prerequisites (Requirements, Analysis and Design)
Basic understanding of object-oriented terms • From Agile values to Agile practices:
and techniques translating the Manifesto into specific
practices, starting with those that are
Course Level technical and relate to solving the business
Basic/Intermediate problem
• Agile requirements practices
Who Should Attend • Agile analysis and design practices
This course is designed for:
• Developers interested in learning Agile Product-focused Agile Development Practices
concepts and practices (Development, Testing and Deployment)
• IT managers • Introduction to the technical practices
• Those involved in the Agile approach who associated with building the software
want to refine their techniques or learn some product
new practices • Agile development, (post-development)
• Project managers interested in leading their testing and deployment
software projects with more agility
Process-focused Agile Development Practices
What You Will Learn (Agility and Project Management)
You’ll learn how to: • Introduction to leadership/directional Agile
• Compare and contrast the Agile approach to practices
the continuum of more traditional software • The Agile environment: Agile analogs to
development approaches PMI®’s Organizational Project Management or
• Apply selected Agile practices to specific Program Management concerns
software development situations • Agile initiating, following the PMBOK® Guide
• Explain selected Agile leadership principles structure to explore Agile analogs to the five
that enable an Agile approach to project project management process groups
management, either in or beyond the • Agile planning, executing, monitoring,
software development environment controlling and closing
• Define and adapt a process for transforming
an existing software development Implementing Agile Development
methodology to a more Agile approach • Trailblazing an Agile path: introduction to
alternative approaches to implementing
Course Overview Agile and four major phases involved in
getting there, regardless of approach
Getting Started • To be or not to be Agile? Criteria for
• Introductions determining whether Agile is a viable option
• Course structure given the environment or specific situation
• Course goals and objectives • Implementing Agile practices starting from
the bottom-up approach or easiest path, a
Foundation Concepts few practices at a time
• Software Development Environment and • Implementing Agile projects: exploring the
Systems Development Life Cycles (SDLCs) bottom-up option to implement an Agile
• Agile approach to software development method, project by project
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8903 / Four 3-hour sessions #5105 / 2 Days #PA8903 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
52 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI® and PMBOK® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

53. Project Management for IT Professionals
Implementing Scrum for Agile Software Development
A Practical Approach for All Team Members
Scrum is an iterative, incremental framework • Scrum roles and responsibilities Implementing and Scaling Scrum
for developing software products. It allows • The Scrum team environment • Conditions of success for implementing
teams to deliver a potentially shippable set of • Stakeholder and user roles Scrum
functionality for each iteration, providing the • Activity: Identify stakeholder and user roles • Implementing Scrum
agility needed to respond to rapidly changing • Sprint metrics
requirements. These characteristics have led Initiating a Scrum Project • Introducing Scrum to your organization
to Scrum becoming the most popular method • Sprint Zero activities • Scaling Scrum
in the world of Agile software development. • Creating a vision statement • Sprint retrospectives
• Activity: Define the vision • Activity: Conduct a workshop retrospective
Prerequisites • Creating the product Backlog
Basic project management training or • Guidelines for writing user stories Summary
equivalent experience • Activity: Write user stories for the Product • What did we learn, and how can we
Backlog implement this in our work environments?
Course Level • Writing acceptance tests for user stories
Basic/Intermediate
Planning Releases
Who Should Attend • Planning releases
This course is valuable for all members or • Estimating user stories
potential members of Scrum teams, or for • Planning Poker
those who are considering implementing • Activity: Estimate user stories using Planning
Scrum on projects in their environment. Poker
Among those who can benefit from this course • Prioritizing user stories
are: Scrum Masters, product owners, software • Prioritizing themes for releases
development managers, developers, testers, • Activity: Prioritize user stories
Business Analysts, architects, customers and • Selecting a Sprint length
users. • Estimating velocity
• Creating a release plan
What You Will Learn • Activity: Create a release plan
You’ll learn how to:
• Describe the Agile values and principles Planning a Sprint
• Explain Scrum roles and responsibilities • The Sprint planning meeting
• Conduct Scrum ceremonies • Creating a Sprint plan
• Estimate and plan Scrum projects • Creating the Sprint Backlog
• Develop user stories to document • Activity: Create the Team Board and Sprint
requirements Backlog for the first Sprint
• Create release and Sprint plans • Commitment and velocity-driven Sprint
• Design conditions of success for planning
implementing Scrum in your environment
• Describe a process for scaling Scrum for Running a Sprint
large projects • Conducting a Sprint
• The Daily Scrum
Course Overview • Using burndown charts to track progress
• The Team Board
Getting Started • Activity: Hold a Daily Scrum, update the
• Introductions Team Board and create a burndown chart
• Course structure • Negotiating changes during the Sprint
• Course goals and objectives • Techniques for splitting user stories
• The Sprint Review Meeting
Scrum Basics • Managing changes to the Product Backlog
• Scrum overview • Release software into production
• Agile values and principles • Closing the Scrum project
• Contrasting Agile and waterfall
development
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8904 / Four 3-hour sessions #5106 / 2 Days #PA8904 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 53

54. Project Management for IT Professionals
PoleStar™ ITSM Simulation
Propelling the Enterprise to Faster, Better Technology Results
Performance Focus Round Four
The goal of this course is to improve • Introducing Financial Management
the organizational appreciation for and • Maturing Configuration Management
performance of project management
by building energized and successful IT Round Five
organizations, accelerating understanding • Demonstrating the importance of processes
of IT service management best practices and and their relationships
promoting the use of these practices toward • Reviewing how ITSM maturity has evolved
IT and, in turn, enterprise and organizational and the benefits it brings to the business
success.
What You Will Learn The PoleStar Simulation
This interactive simulation is a high-impact, You’ll learn how to:
energetic and fun way to accelerate • Create shared energy for ITSM success The PoleStar Simulation is a high-impact,
understanding, involvement and acceptance of • Gain buy-in and commitment for ITSM energetic way to accelerate understand-
Information Technology Service Management programs ing, involvement and acceptance of ITSM
(ITSM) best practices in an organization. • Implement best practice initiatives best practices - particularly ITIL - within
successfully - in particular, IT Infrastructure your organization.
Facilitated over one day in the fast world of Library® (ITIL®) V3
global online retail, this exciting course brings to • Become service-focused, as opposed to Facilitated in a highly-realistic high
life the IT-based behavioral and process issues technology-focused technology industry scenario, the simula-
faced by organizations. Authenticity is achieved tion brings to life the behavioral and pro-
through realistic scenarios to which participants Course Overview cess issues faced by IT organizations. This
can directly relate and with which they will be unique experiential learning approach
surprisingly familiar. Round One causes breakthrough understanding of
• Working in silos (IT and the Business) ITSM and ITIL concepts and transforms
Normally delivered over five rounds, the • Facing communication issues and chaos learning into an engaging, fun and highly
PoleStar ITSM simulation introduces key IT • Introducing the Service Desk and Incident memorable shared experience.
service management components using fast- Management
paced, highly-interactive gaming dynamics.
Round Two
Progressing through the rounds, participants • Refining and improving Incident
gain increasing operational maturity and Management
a holistic understanding of quality service • Introducing Problem Management,
management along the way. The simulation Knowledge Management and Trend Analysis
experience continues between rounds through • Introducing Availability and Capacity
defined service transition phases, which engage Management
participants in planning for strategic and • Introducing Configuration Management,
operational continuous service improvements. Change Management and Service Level
Management
Prerequisites • Facing Business Relationship Management
Any experience working in or being impacted issues
by IT projects
Round Three
Course Level • Maturing the Service Desk and Incident
Basic/Intermediate Management
• Maturing Problem Management and the
Who Should Attend Knowledge Base
Among those who would benefit from this • Realizing the importance of Change and
learning experience are IT project managers, Release Management
IT project team members, Business Analysts, IT • Introducing Service Continuity Management
operational staff, end users, executive sponsors and Event Management
and members of steering committees for • Introducing Supplier Management and
projects relying upon technology. Information Security Management
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#3040 / 1 Day
CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7
54 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PoleStar™ is a Trademark of G2G3 Propulsion.. IT Infrastructure Library® and ITIL® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

55. Project Management for IT Professionals
ITIL® Foundation Course
Key Principles for a Quality IT Infrastructure
This IT Infrastructure Library® (ITIL) V3 Service Management as a Practice • Functions
Foundation course is designed to enable • Overview of service life cycle importance - Service desk
participants to understand the key principles, • Key definitions - Technical management
processes, functions, roles and benefits that • Process models and characteristics - IT operations management
enable Service Management staff to deliver and • Generic roles and responsibilities - Application management
support quality IT services to their customers. • Technology and main output
This course prepares participants for the entry- Service Strategy • Roles and responsibilities
level ITIL V3 - ITIL Foundation - qualification. • The three tensions of value creation • Benefits
• Utility and warranty
Prerequisites • Capabilities and resources Continual Service Improvement
While previous knowledge of ITIL is not required • Service provider types • Service measurement and Key Performance
to complete this course, Service Management • Processes Indicators (KPIs)
knowledge is beneficial. - Service Portfolio Management (SPM) • Baselines and benchmarks
- Demand Management (DM) • Deming cycle
Course Level - Financial Management (FM) • CSI model and knowledge management
Basic • Technology and main output • Technology and main output
• Roles and responsibilities • Roles and responsibilities
Who Should Attend • Benefits • Benefits
This course is designed for:
• Individuals who require a fundamental Service Design Summary
understanding of the ITIL V3 framework • The four Ps and five major aspects • The service life cycle
and how it may be used to improve the • Processes • Service life cycle governance
quality of IT Service Management within an - Service Catalogue Management (SCM)
organization - Service Level Management (SLM) Operational Elements
• IT professionals who are working within an - Capacity Management (CM) • Service technology benefits
organization that has incorporated, or will be - Availability Management • Generic benefits
incorporating, the ITIL V3 framework - IT Service Continuity Management • The ITIL qualification scheme
• All other staff involved in delivering IT (ITSCM) • Review and next steps
services that use the ITIL V3 methodology - Information Security Management (ISM)
- Supplier Management (SM)
Performance Focus • Technology and main output About the ITIL Foundation Exam
• Service Management and the importance of • Roles and responsibilities The ITIL Foundation exam consists of 40 questions in a
ITIL V3 • Benefits multiple-choice format. Delivery is online or paper-based,
• Business and IT integration and participants must achieve a passing score of 65% or
• The importance of Service Operation and Service Transition above. The maximum duration of this closed book exam
Service Transition phases • Key principles is 60 minutes.
• Service design and strategy • Processes
• Continuous Service Improvement - Change Management (CM)
• Preparation for the ITIL V3 Foundation exam - Service Asset and Configuration
Management (SACM)
What You Will Learn - Release and Deployment
Upon completion, participants will be able to Management (RDM)
demonstrate knowledge and understanding - Knowledge Management (KM)
Incorporate Simulation into this Course
of an internationally recognized best prac- • Technology and main output
tice framework that if correctly adopted and • Roles and responsibilities Want this course delivered onsite to your
adapted will help an organization create a more • Benefits company or team? Enhance the class experi-
structured value-add IT infrastructure. ence by adding real-world simulation into the
Service Operation mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
Course Overview • Conflicting priorities simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Key principles with leading-edge computer technology and
Getting Started • Processes game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• Introductions - Event and Incident Management lasting benefits.
• Course structure - Request Management
• Course goals and objectives - Problem Management Read more about ITSM simulation on page 54.
- Access Management
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#5103 / 3 Days
CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 55
IT Infrastructure Library® and ITIL® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

56. Project Management for IT Professionals
Managing the Systems Development Process
Developed for Information Technology Environments
This workshop explores the overall Systems Strategic Management • Adapt some critical analytical techniques
Development Process (SDP) to give you a • Explain how the corporate strategy and that can be applied to resolving complex
comprehensive overview of the process from product management relate to the systems organizational issues inherent in your own
initiation to post-implementation and insight development process SDP environment
into the critical techniques and principles in and • Describe how project governance/portfolio • Describe the importance of enabling
around the process. management and operations management organizational change in your home SDP
interrelate to the systems development environment
Prerequisites process • Suggest ways to integrate organizational
Basic project management training or • Define the role of a project management change management into your SDP
equivalent experience office in bridging the gap between strategic methodology
management and the other critical success
Course Level factors and evaluate its effectiveness in your Summary
Intermediate environment • What did we learn, and how can we
implement this in our work environments?
Who Should Attend Process Management
The workshop is designed for technical staff, • Process management standards and
analysts, project and product managers, and techniques
user/client team members who take part in - Alternative SDP approaches (linear, iterative
information technology (IT) projects. Specific and Agile)
technical skills are not required. The workshop - Taxonomy of IT project types and
is appropriate for members of in-house systems approaches
groups and for members of vendor or - Specific SDP areas
consulting firms. • Requirements definition
• Technical solution and product
Performance Focus integration
The goal of this course is to improve systems • Verification and validation
development performance by stepping through • Evaluate an existing or potential life cycle
the Critical Success Factors used in addressing model with respect to a particular systems
best practices on individual projects, across development situation
multiple projects and with respect to critically • Lead and/or support the development
interdependent peer processes, i.e., portfolio and/or improvement of an SDP life cycle
management and operations management. for a particular systems development
environment
Course Overview
Project Management
Getting Started • Identify the most critical project
• Introductions management processes, tools and
• Course structure techniques to enable an effective SDP
• Course goals and objectives • Describe the specific challenges of using
these tools and techniques for systems
Foundation Concepts development project managers in today’s IT
• Describe the four critical success factors for environment
managing the systems development process • Lead and/or support an initiative to integrate
(MSDP): a project management methodology into an
- Strategic management existing SDP
- Process management
- Project management Organization Management
- Organization management • Identify the characteristics of, and take small
• Define basic concepts necessary for steps toward, building a more effective
identifying key challenges and ultimately organizational environment for a particular
achieving these critical success factors SDP environment
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8819/ Four 3-hour sessions #5013 / 2 Days #PA8819 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
56 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

57. www.iil.com
PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
The APM Group (APMG) is a leading accreditation, certification and
qualification organization and serves as the Official Accreditor of
the UK-based Office of Government Commerce (OGC).
An APMG Accredited Training Organisation (ATO) for Projects in
Controlled Environments (PRINCE2), IIL offers Foundation and
Practitioner Level training in four APMG certifications: PRINCE2,
Managing Successful Programmes (MSP), Management of Risk
(M_o_R) and Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices (P3O).
Project in Controlled Environments (PRINCE2®)
PRINCE2 is a structured, process-based approach for project management, providing an easily-tailored and
scalable methodology for the management of all types of projects. Published by the OGC, PRINCE2 is a
standard frequently used for project management in the UK and more than 150 countries worldwide.
IIL’s PRINCE2 Foundation and PRINCE2 Practitioner courses are designed to equip you with the necessary knowledge,
skills and processes to set up, plan, manage and control projects. Fully aligned with the latest edition of the OGC’s
Managing Successful Projects with PRINCE2, these courses also prepare you to earn the respective PRINCE2 qualifications.
PRINCE2 Passport is an interactive, on-demand learning package encompassing both Foundation and Practitioner level
training. Included in this package are the PRINCE2 manual, exam simulations and full Accredited Trainer support.
Managing Successful Programmes (MSP®)
The MSP methodology focuses on bringing together related projects to manage their interdependencies.
MSP Foundation and Practitioner is a four-day course that prepares you to take both the Foundation
and Practioner exams. The course is aligned with the most recent edition of the OGC’s Managing Success-
ful Programmes and is run in partnership with AFA, an APMG Accredited Training Organisation for MSP.
Management of Risk (M_o_R®)
Within project and programme environments, there will always be risks which need to be identified,
analyzed and managed. M_o_R provides guidance around risk which can be used across an organization.
IIL’s M_o_R Foundation and M_o_R Practitioner courses are aligned with the latest version of the OGC’s
Management of Risk: Guidance for Practitioners and are run in partnership with AFA, an APMG Accredited
Training Organisation for M_o_R.
Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices (P3O®)
P3O is the latest best practice guidance from the OGC. The P3O model provides a decision enabling/
®
delivery support structure for all change within an organization. P3O Foundation and P3O Practitioner
are aligned with the latest edition of the OGC’s Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices and are run in
partnership with AFA, an APMG Accredited Training Organisation for P3O.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.
57

58. PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
PRINCE2® Foundation
Learning the Basics and Foundation Exam Preparation
Projects fail for a variety of reasons including Performance Focus PRINCE2 Processes
poor planning, lack of defined quality • Identifying the PRINCE2 principles, themes, • The PRINCE2 process model mapped to the
criteria, poor understanding of the business processes, techniques and management four levels of management
drivers, inadequate control and lack of senior products and how they work together • The PRINCE2 process model – Starting up a
management involvement. In other words, • Tailoring PRINCE2 to best meet your project Project (SU), Initiating a Project (IP), Directing
lack of a structured, best-practice approach to needs a Project (DP),
project delivery. • Preparing to take and pass the PRINCE2 • Controlling a Stage (CS), Managing Product
Foundation exam Delivery (MP), Managing a Stage Boundary
PRINCE2 is process-based approach for (SB), Closing a Project (CP)
project management that provides an easily- What You Will Learn
tailored and scalable methodology for the You’ll learn how to: PRINCE2 Foundation Exam Preparation
management of all types of projects. • Identify the benefits and principles • Review of and practice with APMG sample
underlying a structured approach to project questions and test papers
The goals of this three-day course are to management
provide you with a thorough grounding in • Define the PRINCE2 method in-depth, PRINCE2 Foundation Exam
the PRINCE2 methodology - which offers a including its principles, themes and
structured, best-practice approach - and to processes
prepare you to take the PRINCE2 Foundation • Prepare and practice for the PRINCE2 IIL is an APM Group (APMG) Accredited Training
exam. Foundation exam Organisation (ATO) for PRINCE2.
Prerequisites Course Overview
Basic project management training or About the PRINCE2 Foundation Exam
equivalent experience Getting Started • Multiple choice format
• Introductions • 75 questions per paper
In addition to between eight to ten hours of • Course structure • 5 questions to be “trial” and not counted in scores
pre-course reading, participants are encour- • Course goals and objectives • 35 marks required (out of 70 available) to pass - 50%
aged to study for approximately two hours per
evening during the course. Overview of PRINCE2
• Structure (principles, themes, processes and
Course Level tailoring) and benefits of PRINCE2
Basic to Intermediate • Key management products
• Overview of the PRINCE2 Foundation and
Note: This course may be purchased in conjunction with Practitioner exams
the two-day PRINCE2 Practitioner course as part of
IIL’s five-day PRINCE2 Certification program. PRINCE2 Principles and Concepts
• Continued business justification
Who Should Attend • Learn from experience
This accredited course is suitable for any • Define roles and responsibilities
organization or individual requiring a • Manage by stages
controlled and completely scalable • Manage by exception
approach to managing projects. It is • Focus on products
particularly suited to individuals newly- • Tailor to suit the project environment
appointed to project roles or those wishing
to gain formal qualifications after previous PRINCE2 Themes
project management experience. The course • Business case
would be of benefit to those with project • Organization
support office or project assurance roles, • Quality
project board members who wish to be hands- • Plans
on and team members aspiring to a more • Risk
senior role. • Change
• Progress
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#2054 / 3 Days
2.1 CEUs / 21 PDUs / 21 PD Hours / 21 CDUs
Price: USD 1595
58 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PRINCE2® is a Registered Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

59. PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
PRINCE2® Practitioner
Going Beyond the Basics and Practitioner Exam Preparation
The goal of this two-day course is to take those PRINCE2 Practitioner is the highest level PRINCE2 Practitioner Exam Preparation
who have a basic knowledge of PRINCE2 to the qualification within PRINCE2. As per the • Review of and practice with APM Group
next level of understanding and application Office of Government and Commerce, this (APMG) sample questions and test papers
of the methodology as set forth in the official designation qualifies individuals to “apply • Sample project case study scenarios to apply
PRINCE2 manual, Managing Successful Projects PRINCE2 to the running and managing of a the concepts in practice and deepen the
with PRINCE2. This course will prepare you to non-complex project within an environment learning
take and pass the PRINCE2 Practitioner exam, supporting PRINCE2.”
which is held on the afternoon of the second PRINCE2 Practitioner Exam
day. Performance Focus
• Identifying the PRINCE2 principles, themes,
Using sample exam papers and project case processes, techniques and management IIL is an APMG Accredited Training Organisation
studies provided by the APM Group (APMG), products and describing how they work (ATO) for PRINCE2.
you will learn how to apply the knowledge together
you gained during the PRINCE2 Foundation • Tailoring PRINCE2 to best meet your project
course. You will also have the opportunity to needs About the PRINCE2 Practitioner Exam
deepen and refine your learning before taking • Developing a facility with the PRINCE2 The PRINCE2 Practitioner exam is in the Objective Testing
the Practitioner exam, which is aimed at testing approach so as to pass the PRINCE2 format, a style of complex multiple-choice examination.
your ability to apply PRINCE2 in an actual Practitioner exam • 9 questions per paper with 12 marks available per
project environment. question – all question items will be worth 1 mark,
What You Will Learn making the total number of marks available per paper
Prerequisites You’ll learn how to: 108
Completion of IIL’s PRINCE2 Foundation course • Tailor and apply the principles, themes, • 2.5 hours allowed (no reading time has been added)
(or its equivalent) and a passing mark of process structure, techniques and • Open-book examination (only the PRINCE2 manual
50% or higher on the most current PRINCE2 management products of PRINCE2 within a is allowed)
Foundation exam. work environment via carefully selected case
studies
In addition to pre-course reading, there will • Define the PRINCE2 method at the
be approximately two hours of study required Practitioner level
after the first day of the workshop. • Prepare for and take the Practitioner exam
Course Level Course Overview
Advanced
Getting Started
Note: This course may be purchased in conjunction with • Introductions
the three-day PRINCE2 Foundation course as part of • Course structure
IIL’s five-day PRINCE2 Certification program. • Course goals and objectives
Who Should Attend Tailoring PRINCE2
This accredited course has been especially
designed for participants who have received Controlled Start
their PRINCE2 Foundation qualification (based
on the most recent version of the guidance). Controlled Progress
This course would be of benefit to those with
project assurance roles, team members, Controlled Close
project board members who wish to be hands-
on and team members aspiring to a more Product-based Planning
senior role.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#2060 / 2 Days
1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 59
PRINCE2® is a Registered Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

60. PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
PRINCE2® Passport
On-Demand Training for PRINCE2 Foundation and Practitioner
If you are interested in obtaining PRINCE2 qualifications but would prefer to learn at your own pace, our PRINCE2 Passport is the perfect
solution for you. Accredited by the APM Group (APMG), the three packages below support interactive, on-demand learning for the PRINCE2
Foundation and Practitioner exams.
You may obtain individual or multiple-user licenses on any of the packages below. From the time you purchase a license, you have 12 months to
complete your learning.
All of the packages include:
• The PRINCE2 manual (Managing Successful Projects with PRINCE2)
• 12 modules with associated lessons
• Video presentations for each lesson
• Notes to support each lesson and references to the PRINCE2 manual
• Module level exam simulation directly aligned to the PRINCE2 syllabus
• PRINCE2 Foundation and Practitioner exam simulations
• Interactive exercises to consolidate the learning
• Extensive Exam Approaches module
Passport Foundation Passport Practitioner Passport Plus
In addition to the features above, this In addition to the features above, this Passport Plus is available only to groups
eLearning package includes Accredited eLearning package includes Accredited of five or more. In addition to the features
Trainer Support. Trainer Support. above, this eLearning package also includes
Accredited Trainer Support and a one-day
The PRINCE2 Foundation Exam fee is also The PRINCE2 FoundationExam fee and the classroom event. Both the PRINCE2
covered in the course price. PRINCE2 Practitioner Exam fee are both Foundation and the PRINCE2 Practitioner
covered in the course price. Exam fees are covered in the course price.
ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
with an interactive online version of this course with an interactive online version of this course with an interactive online version of this course
and log on when and where you learn best. and log on when and where you learn best. and log on when and where you learn best.
#PS253 #PS254 #PS255
60 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PRINCE2® is a Registered Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

61. Managing Successful Programmes (MSP®)
Foundation Practitioner
PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
Building Proficiency in MSP and Foundation/Practitioner
Exam Preparation
MSP programme management brings Performance Focus MSP Foundation Exam Preparation
related projects together to manage their • Principles, governance themes and • Review of and practice with APMG sample
interdependencies. MSP provides those processes (known as the Transformational questions and test papers
responsible for managing programmes with Flow) for use when managing a programme
a structure to help them deliver the business • Benefits of using a structured and consistent MSP Foundation Exam
benefits. This course is a mixture of input approach to programme management
and practical sessions and is facilitated by an • Preparation and practice for both the MSP Practitioner Exam Preparation
APM Group (APMG) approved trainer with Foundation and Practitioner exams • Review of and practice with APMG sample
practical experience in programme and project questions and test papers
management. What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to: MSP Practitioner Exam
Built around the APMG syllabus, this course is • Identify and utilize MSP principles,
formally accredited by APMG. governance themes and processes when
managing a programme This course is run in partnership with AFA, an
The goal of this four-day course is to provide • Define the benefits of using a structured APMG Accredited Training Organisation (ATO)
participants with an understanding of the MSP and consistent approach to programme for MSP.
philosophy and how it can be applied to live management
programmes. In addition, the course prepares • Prepare for and pass the Foundation exam
participants to take and pass the Foundation • Prepare for and pass the Practitioner exam About the MSP Foundation Exam
exam (given at the end of class on the third • 40-minute closed-book exam
day) as well as the Practitioner exam (given at Course Overview • 50 multiple-choice style questions
the end of class on the fourth day). • 25 correct answers or more are required to pass
Getting Started (30 correct answers required to progress to the
Prerequisites • Introductions Practitioner examination level)
Basic project management training or • Course structure
equivalent experience, as well as a basic • Course goals and objectives About the MSP Practitioner Exam
understanding of programme management • 2.5 hours – open-book exam (manual only)
Programme Management Principles • Objective Testing Exam (OTE) multiple-choice
In addition to between eight to ten hours of questions
pre-course reading, participants are encour- Governance Themes • 9 questions
aged to study for approximately two hours per • Organisation • 180 marks available
evening during the course. • Vision • 90 marks or more are required to pass
• Leadership and stakeholder engagement
Course Level • Benefits realisation management
Intermediate • Blueprint design and delivery
• Programme planning and control
Note: This course can also be offered as two separate • The Business Case
courses onsite. • Risk management and issue resolution
• Quality management
Who Should Attend
This accredited course is recommended for Transformational Flow
managers working towards a role with • Identifying a programme
full-time responsibility within a programme • Defining a programme
environment. • Managing the tranches
• Delivering the capability
• Realising the benefits
• Closing a programme
Programme Office
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#2062 / 4 Days
2.8 CEUs / 28 PDUs / 28 PD Hours / 28 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 61
MSP® is a Registered Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

62. PRINCE2®, MSP®, M_o_R® and P3O®
Management of Risk (M_o_R®)
M_o_R® Foundation / M_o_R® Practitioner
M_o_R Foundation M_o_R Practitioner Course
In project and programme environments, risks always need to Prerequisites
be identified, analyzed and managed. M_o_R provides guidance Completion of M_o_R Foundation course and a passing mark of
around risk which can be used across an organisation. 50% or higher on the M_o_R Foundation exam
Prerequisites Course Level
A basic understanding of projects and programmes Advanced
Course Level Who Should Attend
Intermediate This course will benefit managers with full-time responsibilities for
corporate governance or those who are charged with enhancing
Who Should Attend an organisation’s risk management culture.
Managers, team members or executives with responsibilities for
corporate governance and/or risk management What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to:
What You Will Learn • Understand risk management maturity and risk specialisms
You’ll learn how to: • Develop Practioner-level risk management techniques
• Identify the principles, perspectives and techniques underlying • Select risk management software tools
a structured approach to assessing and managing risk • Take and pass the M_o_R Practitioner exam
• Identify and control exposure to different types of risk, including
Strategic, Programme, Project and Operational Both M_o_R courses are run in partnership with AFA, an APMG
• Take and pass the M_o_R Foundation exam Accredited Training Organisation (ATO) for M_o_R.
#2058 / 3 Days #2059 / 2 Days
2.1 CEUs / 21 PDUs / 21 PD Hours / 21 CDUs 1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs
Portfolio, Programme and Project Offices (P3O®)
P3O® Foundation / P3O® Practitioner
P3O Foundation P3O Practitioner
P3O is the latest best practice guidance from the UK’s Office of Prerequisites
Government Commerce (OGC). The two P3O courses on this page Completion of P3O Foundation course and a passing mark of 60%
explore the P3O model, which provides a decision enabling/ or higher on the P3O Foundation exam
delivery support structure for all change within an organisation.
Course Level
Prerequisites Advanced
A basic understanding of project, programme and portfolio
management is helpful. Who Should Attend
Portfolio, programme or project office staff or those aspiring to
Course Level manage or direct the capability of a support office.
Intermediate ®
What You Will Learn
Who Should Attend You will learn how to:
Anyone in a portfolio, programme or project office role • Tailor the P3O models within a work environment
• Apply P3O tools and techniques at the Practitioner level
What You Will Learn #2065 / 2 Days
• Take and pass the Practitioner exam
1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs
You will learn how to: Price: USD 1295
• Identify why, when and how to use P3O models 1595
IIL/University Price: USD Both P3O courses are run in partnership with AFA, an APMG
• Describe the value P3Os bring to the organisation, including a Accredited Training Organisation (ATO) for P3O.
business case, funding models and performance measures
• Take and pass the Foundation exam
#2055 / 3 Days #2065 / 2 Days
2.1 CEUs / 21 PDUs / 21 PD Hours / 21 CDUs ®
1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs ®
62 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
M_o_R® and P3O® are Registered Trade Marks of the Office of Government Commerce in the United Kingdom and other countries. The Swirl logo™ is a Trade Mark of the Office of Government Commerce.

63. www.iil.com
Microsoft® Project Certifications
IIL is a Microsoft Partner with a Microsoft Gold Project and Portfolio
Management competency, and we are dedicated to providing
individuals, teams and companies with the training they need to
successfully manage projects and programs using the Microsoft
Project and Project Server solutions.
We keep our courseware aligned with the needs of the advancing
project manager, as well as those of progressive organizations looking
to be competitive in the global marketplace by increasing their project
management maturity level and capabilities.
IIL and Microsoft: a Rich History
Beginning in 1998, IIL has been offering “Belt” certification for Microsoft Project. Since that time, we have certified almost 7,000
practitioners. Beginning with the 2007 version of Project and Project Server, IIL helped Microsoft develop its own certification
program, which consists of three credential exams. In addition, Microsoft selected IIL to develop the Microsoft Official Curriculum
(MOC) for this new certification.
IIL’s Project Belt Courses
IIL’s Project Belt courses prepare project managers for Microsoft Official Certification(s), as well as industry-recognized IIL Project Belt
certifications. Our series of Belt courses is progressive, with successful completion of one Belt course (or the equivalent) being a
prerequisite to enrollment in the next level.
• Project White Belt® earns you IIL’s White Belt Certification and complements Project Orange Belt® in preparing you
for the Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS) credential. This course is targeted to individuals relatively new
to scheduling.
• Project Orange Belt is a bit more advanced, equipping you with the knowledge and skills to build, maintain and control well-
formed project plans. The Orange Belt course earns you IIL’s Orange Belt Certification and fully prepares you for the MCTS exam.
• Project Blue Belt® teaches you how to initiate, plan, execute, monitor and control enterprise projects using the Project Server
Enterprise tool, earning you IIL’s Blue Belt Certification.
• Project Black Belt® addresses the management of complex projects using Project Server and Project Professional. This course
earns you IIL’s Black Belt Certification.
Microsoft Project and Project Server 2010
IIL’s Project 2010 courseware focuses on best practices gathered from thousands of customers and trainers around the world.
In addition to Project White Belt® 2010: Getting Started with Microsoft® Project 2010, IIL offers Project Orange Belt 2010: Managing
Projects with Microsoft® Project 2010, Fast-Track Project Orange Belt® 2010: On-Demand Prep for the MCTS Exam and Project Blue
Belt 2010: Managing Projects with Microsoft® Project Server 2010.
Microsoft Excel
Two Excel® courses - Microsoft Excel in Depth and Microsoft Excel Visual Basic® for Applications - will help you
deepen your understanding of the intricacies and capabilities of Excel.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Microsoft®, Excel® and Visual Basic® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Project White Belt®, Project Orange Belt®, Project Blue Belt® and Project Black Belt® are registered trademarks of International Institute for
63
Learning, Inc.

64. Microsoft® Project Certifications
Project White Belt® 2010
Getting Started with Microsoft® Project 2010
This workshop serves as an introduction to • Apply individual and global formats to views Entering and Assigning Resources
scheduling using Microsoft Project. It is suitable and charts • Resource planning
for anyone with a need to use scheduling • Create a summary or executive timeline • Creating a list of available resources
software such as team members, planners, • Prepare the schedule for printing, reporting • Techniques for assigning resources
project leaders, project managers or other and sharing through other file formats • Displaying task costs
scheduling practitioners. • Hands-on exercise
Course Overview
This workshop is kept up to date with the Formatting Gantt Chart View
framework of knowledge outlined by the Getting Started • Single and global text formatting
Project Management Institute’s (PMI®’s) • Introductions • Single and global Gantt bar formatting
Practice Standard for Scheduling and A Guide • Course structure • Working with Gantt chart styles
to the Project Management Body of Knowledge • Course goals and objectives • Adding drawings/objects to the chart area
(PMBOK® Guide). • Hands-on exercise
Scheduling Concepts
This course will be led by an IIL certified • Project management concepts Communicating Information
instructor who will outline the benefits of the • Scheduling concepts • Creating a basic timeline view
software, provide tips on using various features • The Critical Path method • Rich data exchange
and common shortcuts, recommend guide- • Printing views
lines and discuss the application of scheduling Navigating the User Interface and Views • Creating basic reports
concepts to manage project work. Participant • Working with the ribbon • Creating Excel, PDF and XPS Files
materials include a comprehensive workbook • Working with the quick access toolbar • Hands-on exercise
with screen captures of various software fea- • Setting general and display options
tures for ease of reference after class. • Gantt chart view Course Summary and Next Steps
• Calendar view • White Belt certification
Prerequisites • Network diagram view - Exam structure
There are no prerequisites for this course • Getting help - Registering for the exam
• Hands-on exercise - Taking the exam
Course Level - Certification award
Basic Setting up a New Schedule • Recap of learning objectives
• Creating new schedules
Who Should Attend - From existing files
• Anyone new to Microsoft Project - From a template This course is also available for Microsoft Office
• Individuals who would like to learn more - From a SharePoint task list Project 2007 and 2003.
about the scheduling process using - From an Excel workbook
Microsoft Project • Providing the schedule start date
• Individuals on a project management career • Working with the standard calendar Note: Courses in Microsoft Project also qualify as required
path who need to sharpen their skills in • Hands-on exercise education hours for the PMI-SP® (Scheduling Professional)
scheduling certification (course information on page 45). Contact your
• Excel® and SharePoint® users Entering, Modifying and Outlining Task Data education consultant or local IIL company for more information.
• Entering and correcting task activities
What You Will Learn • Entering an unscheduled task
You’ll learn to: • Techniques for entering estimates Also available in a 7-hour self-paced format.
• Define key scheduling concepts and terms • Organizing tasks #PS301
CEU Credits: 0.7/ PDU Credits: 7
• Effectively navigate the user interface and • Outlining tasks
interpret common views • Adding supplemental text
• Configure essential elements of a new • Hands-on exercise
schedule
• Enter and modify a task list Creating Dependencies by Setting Links
• Record unplanned or partially planned • Dynamic schedules and dependencies
activities • Methods for linking tasks
• Set dependencies between tasks • Switching the scheduling mode
• Create a resource list and generate • Hands-on exercise
assignments
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8955 / Four 3-hour sessions #8288 / 2 Days #PA8955 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2/ PDU Credits: 12
64 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Microsoft®, Excel® and SharePoint® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Project White Belt® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project
Management Institute, Inc.

65. Project Orange Belt® 2007
Microsoft® Project Certifications
Managing Projects with Microsoft® Office Project 2007
This course provides participants with the How to Create and Set Up Projects • Formatting screen elements
knowledge and skills to build, maintain and • Creating and saving projects • Creating and modifying templates,
control well-formed project plans as well as • Defining properties and options calendars, fields, tables, formulas, filters,
preparing them for the Microsoft Certified • Creating and organizing the task list groups and custom views
Technology Specialist (MCTS) exam. • Importing data
• Modifying and applying calendars How to Manage Multiple Projects
Prerequisites • Setting scheduling options • Introducing management of multiple
A familiarity with key project management • Entering task estimates projects
concepts and terminology is recommended, • Using a Program Evaluation and Review • Creating consolidated views and master
as well as basic Windows navigation skills and Technique (PERT) Analysis to estimate task projects
prior experience managing projects using durations • Creating links between projects
Microsoft Project. • Linking and unlinking tasks • Calculating single or multiple critical paths
• Adding lag or lead time • Saving and opening multiple projects
Course Level • Creating and modifying deadlines, • Sharing resources and analyzing resource
Intermediate constraints and task calendars utilization across multiple projects
• Identifying critical tasks
Who Should Attend • Working with task drivers
This course is intended for both novice and To attend this course, you will need to bring a laptop with
experienced project managers and schedulers, How to Work With Resources and Project Microsoft Office Project 2007 Standard or Professional edition with
or any user of Project 2007 stand-alone desktop Budgets the latest service packs. You may obtain a trial version of this soft-
features (this course excludes Project Server • Introducing resources, assignments and ware from Microsoft. You will also need a CD-ROM drive and the
features). Participants may be involved in or budgeting power supply for your laptop.
responsible for scheduling, estimating, coordi- • Adding resources to the resource sheet
nating, controlling, budgeting and staffing of • Creating and modifying resource
projects and supporting other users of Project assignments
2007. • Entering project budgets
What You Will Learn Understanding Task Types and the Schedule Project Orange Belt® 2007
You’ll learn how to: Formula
• Create a well-formed project schedule • Introducing task types and the schedule
• Assign resources to tasks formula Managing Projects with Microsoft Office Project
• Understand task types and the schedule • Changing variables and predicting behavior 2007
formula • Applying task types to produce predictable
• Analyze resource utilization behavior Prepares you for the Microsoft Office Project
• Track progress 2007 MCTS certification exam
• Customize and format Project 2007 views How to Analyze Resource Utilization and
• Create project reports and analyze project, Track Project Progress
resource and task data • Introducing resource utilization concepts
• Manage multiple projects • Viewing resource assignments, allocation
and utilization
Course Overview • Managing resource availability
• Optimizing and leveling resource Project Orange Belt 2010 is also available.
Getting Started assignments
• Introductions • Working with baselines
• Course structure • Entering duration, work and cost updates
• Course goals and objectives • Discovering variances
• Troubleshooting and getting back on track
How to Enter Data into Project 2007
• Understanding the nature of projects How to Create, Customize and Format
• Understanding Project 2007 file types Reports
• Navigating the Project 2007 interface • Selecting, editing and creating basic reports
• Getting help and guidance • Configuring print and page setup options
• Configuring options • Setting options to correct printing issues
• Exporting reporting data
• Creating and modifying visual reports
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8960 / Six 3-hour sessions #4960 / 3 Days #PA8960 / Six 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18 CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21 CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 65
Microsoft® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Project Orange Belt® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

66. Project Blue Belt® 2007
Microsoft® Project Certifications
Managing Projects with Microsoft® Office Project Server 2007
This course provides participants with the • Monitor and control projects through • Linking planning documents and using the
knowledge and skills to initiate, plan, execute, processes and baselines team discussion feature
monitor and control enterprise projects by • Monitor and control projects by tracking
using the Microsoft Office Project Server 2007 task and project progress How to Execute Projects and Manage
enterprise tool. This is the second course • Monitor and control projects through Processes, Resources and Deliverables
in the Microsoft Office Project 2007 Official measuring project performance and • Understanding executing processes
Curriculum series and covers the Microsoft reporting progress • Managing resources and deliverables
Enterprise Project Management (EPM) Solution. • Close projects • Working with timesheets
It also prepares participants for Microsoft’s • Reporting administrative time
Server 2007 MCTS exam. Course Overview • Configuring personal settings
Prerequisites Getting Started With Project 2007 and Project Understanding Monitoring and Controlling
• Project Orange Belt® course is required Server 2007 • Working with the baselines
before taking Project Blue Belt; however, • Describing the Enterprise Project • Working with task progress and updates in
participants may skip this if they can Management context Project Web Access
demonstrate successful completion of the • Discovering Project Server 2007 • Working with task progress using Project
equivalent Microsoft certification exam. • Differentiating the users of Project Server 2007
• Experience using Project 2007 to create 2007 • Tracking and viewing task information using
project schedules • Working with Project Professional 2007 and Outlook® 2007
• Experience with the Microsoft Windows XP® Project Server 2007
or Windows Vista™ operating system Measuring Performance and Reporting
• Experience with Excel® How to Initiate Projects Progress
• Familiarity with key PM concepts and • Understanding initiating processes • Understanding status reports
terminology in A Guide to the Project • Differentiating the initiating processes in • Reviewing performance metrics and
Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Project Professional 2007 and Project Web progress reports
Guide) Access • Working with the baselines
• Managing initiating processes by using
Course Level Project Web Access How to Close Projects in the Enterprise
Intermediate/Advanced • Managing documents in Project Web Access • Understanding the closing process
Who Should Attend How to Plan Projects Summary
This course is intended for experienced project • Understanding the project management • What did we learn, and how can we
managers and schedulers. These individuals plan implement this in our work environments?
are capable of managing projects in the Project • Differentiating the Project Server 2007 client
2007 EPM environment, including project and software
non-project efforts, risks, issues, documents, • Developing components of the scope
task progress and timesheets. These individuals management and schedule management
should be familiar with key project manage- plans Project Blue Belt® 2007
ment concepts and terminology found in • Working with deliverables
the PMBOK Guide and should have advanced
knowledge and capabilities with Project 2007. Understanding the Staffing Management Managing Projects with Microsoft Office Project
Plan Server 2007
What You Will Learn • Building a project team
You’ll learn how to: • Analyzing and managing resource Prepares you for the Microsoft Office Project
• Initiate projects availability Server 2007 MCTS certification exam
• Understand the project planning processes • Understanding resource assignments
• Plan projects through scope, schedule and • Resolving resource overallocation with
staffing management plans enterprise resources
• Plan resource assignments
• Plan projects through cost, risk and other How to Develop Cost, Risk and Other
planning documents Planning Documents
• Execute projects through processes, • Developing components of the cost Project Blue Belt 2010 is also available.
resources and deliverables management plan
• Execute projects by managing timesheets • Developing components of the risk
and personal settings management plan
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8970 / Six 3-hour sessions #4970 / 3 Days #PA8970 / Six 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18 CEU Credits: 2.1 / PDU Credits: 21 CEU Credits: 1.8 / PDU Credits: 18
66 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Microsoft®, Windows XP®, Excel®, Outlook® and VistaTM are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Project Blue Belt® and Project Orange Belt® are registered trademarks of International Institute for
Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

67. Project Black Belt® 2007
Microsoft® Project Certifications
Managing Projects and Programs with Microsoft® Office Project Server 2007
This course will address managing complex • Perform Earned Value Management (EVM)
projects and programs using Project Server • Report and analyze the program data How to Perform Earned Value Management
2007 and Project Professional 2007. It requires • Manage project workspaces for programs • Applying EVM
practitioners to apply project management and the queue • Using EVM in Microsoft Project 2007
methodology and experience to the • Close the program and refine the • Creating and modifying views and reports
management of projects and program environment for EVM analysis
schedules in a Microsoft Office Enterprise
Project Management (EPM) 2007 environment. Course Overview Understanding, Reporting and Analyzing
Program Data
Prerequisites How to Manage Enterprise Projects, • Customizing the enterprise fields and views
A solid understanding of key project Programs and Portfolios to track a program
management concepts and terminology • Managing projects, programs and portfolios • Proposing changes to the look and feel of a
as found in PMI®’s A Guide to the Project in an enterprise program
Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® • Understanding program management • Working with an Online Analytical
Guide) is recommended. Extensive hands-on standards and terminology Processing (OLAP) Cube and a data analysis
experience is also recommended in both • Understanding the EPM solution view
Project Professional 2007 and Project Web • Navigating the EPM solution interfaces • Generating and modifying data analysis
Access 2007. views
Understanding Program Management • Configuring a workspace for a project in a
Project Orange Belt® and Project Blue Belt® • Program management in the organization program
courses are required before taking Black Belt. • Defining the policies and procedures of • Managing the queue
However, participants may skip these prerequi- program management
site courses if they can demonstrate successful • Program life cycle process and phases How to Close the Program and Refine the
completion of the equivalent Microsoft Environment
certification exam(s). Defining and Creating the Enterprise • Closing and archiving a program
Environment • Refining an enterprise environment
Course Level • Reviewing the default settings of Project • Making changes to an EPM environment
Intermediate/Advanced Server 2007
• Implementing changes in an enterprise Summary
Who Should Attend environment • What did we learn, and how can we
This course is intended for project managers, • Working with and setting up a program implement this in our work environments?
program managers, members of the Project • Customizing permissions and enterprise
Management Office as well as those custom fields
participating in the deployment of an EPM
solution who are responsible for managing, How to Plan the Program
analyzing and reporting on projects and • Developing a detailed plan of the program
programs in the Microsoft Office EPM • Establishing project interdependencies in a
environment. Course participants should be program
able to recommend Office EPM environment • Finalizing the program plan Project Black Belt® 2007
configurations to create solutions for business • Adding and deleting a project and resetting
problems. the baseline
• Proposing and implementing updates to Managing Projects and Programs with Microsoft
What You Will Learn improve the planning process Office Project Server 2007
You’ll learn how to:
• Manage enterprise projects, programs and How to Manage Enterprise Resources
Prepares you for the Microsoft Office Project Server
portfolios • Updating the enterprise resource pool and
2007 MCITP certification exam
• Work with the Microsoft EPM Solution replacing resources
• Define a standardized methodology for • Refining the program plan by identifying
program management critical resources
• Define and create the enterprise • Managing and configuring timesheets and
environment task progress
• Set up the program • Proposing improvements to timesheet and
• Plan the program task progress configurations
• Manage the program resources • Reporting time and managing timesheets
• Track timesheets and task progress and task progress
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8980 / Eight 3-hour sessions #4980 / 4 Days #PA8980 / Eight 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 2.4 / PDU Credits: 24 CEU Credits: 2.8 / PDU Credits: 28 CEU Credits: 2.4 / PDU Credits: 24
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 67
Microsoft® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. Project Black Belt®, Project Blue Belt® and Project Orange Belt® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of
the Project Management Institute, Inc.

68. Microsoft® EPM Role-based Courses
Microsoft® Project Certifications
Organization-Specific Support for the Deployment of Microsoft® Office Project Server 2007
Microsoft EPM 2007 for Project Managers Microsoft EPM 2007 for Team Members Microsoft EPM 2007 for Resource Managers
Prerequisites Prerequisites Prerequisites
Some experience managing projects using There are no prerequisites for this course. A good understanding of project and resource
Microsoft Project is recommended. management is recommended, as well as prior
Course Level experience managing projects using Microsoft
Course Level Basic Project.
Intermediate
Who Should Attend Course Level
Who Should Attend Project team members who need to report Intermediate
Project managers who are planning to hours spent on project and non-project
use Project Professional and Project Web work to a resource manager and progress Who Should Attend
Access in a Microsoft Enterprise Project made towards completing assigned tasks Resource managers who are planning to use
Management (EPM) environment. to project managers by using Project Web Microsoft Project and Project Web Access in a
Access. Microsoft EPM environment.
Performance Focus
This two-day course offers PMs the informa- Performance Focus Performance Focus
tion they need to effectively manage projects This half-day course is designed to intro- This half-day course covers the necessary ele-
in Microsoft Project Server. Participants will duce the Enterprise Project Management ments for effective resource management in
become familiar with Project Web Access (EPM) solution to project team members both Project Web Access and Microsoft Project.
and its collaborative features for managing and demonstrate how to directly interact Participants learn how to create and maintain
project documents, risks and issues and for with Project Web Access. Attendees will resources and assign them to projects, receive
receiving task updates from resources. configure personal settings and use Project timesheets submitted by team members and
Web Access to report hours worked by using approve project and administrative time. This
What You Will Learn timesheets and report task progress by using course explores the resource capacity model
You will learn how to: task updates. and uses data analysis views to analyze resource
• Discuss how the key roles within Project allocation and recommend changes to enter-
Server 2007 fit in the EPM workflow What You Will Learn prise resources.
• Create a schedule connected to Project You will learn how to:
Server 2007 and assign resources from the • Understand the architecture and What You Will Learn
Enterprise Resource Pool benefits of Microsoft’s EPM Solution and You will learn how to:
• Create master project schedules and set how the team member role fits in the • Describe the different types of resources and
cross-project links to manage programs organizational workflow their main attributes: work, material, local,
• Collaborate with and manage project • Navigate through the Project Web Access cost, enterprise generic and enterprise actual
team members on the list of tasks and user interface resources
assignments for each project • Quickly respond to changes from the • Set up and maintain resources using the
• Utilize Project Web Access to configure resource manager or project manager Enterprise Resource Pool*
desired project views and to manage through personal alerts and reminders • View and modify resources using the
alerts, reminders and published jobs • Incorporate non-project work efforts with Resource Center in Project Web Access
• Collaborate with resource managers to project tasks such that all commitments • Understand the resource capacity model and
maximize resource effectiveness are visible in Project Web Access or how to optimize resource ROI
• Enter project ideas using proposals and Outlook® • Collaborate with project managers to build
create activity and resource plans for • Provide the project manager with teams on projects using Team Builder and
potential future projects an accurate update on the status of Project Web Access
• Simplify the team-building process by assignments using task updates and • Understand matching resources with skills
using the Resource Substitution Wizard textual status reports and the request/demand attribute
• Receive task updates and publish progress • Provide the resource manager with an • Analyze resource assignments and availability
updates to the schedule accurate update on the hours worked using the Resource Center
• Manage the project workspace and on project tasks and administrative tasks • Utilize generic resource assignments in future
collaborate with others using documents, through timesheets or Outlook time periods to predict resource needs
risks and issues • Adjust the timesheet view in Microsoft • Receive and approve timesheets and
• Understand the dashboard views, Project Web Access respond to administrative time requests
portfolio views and data analysis views • Use data analysis views to report on resource
• Conduct real-time manipulation of data allocation and resource trends
analysis views including configuration in *This feature may be limited to the Project
Excel® Server administrator.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
Contact your local IIL company for details Contact your local IIL company for details Contact your local IIL company for details
68 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Microsoft®, Excel® and Outlook® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

69. Microsoft® Excel in Depth
Microsoft® Project Certifications
Becoming Proficient in the Details of Excel®
This practical course gives participants a solid Excel Overview Array formulas
background in the features of Excel, as well as • Excel Functions – VLOOKUP, IF, INDEX, • Learn how to use the most powerful
a deeper understanding of the best ways to MATCH, CHOOSE, SUMIF, SUMIFS, formulas in Excel
use Excel. SUMPRODUCT, DATE, so many more • How to combine many formulas into one
• Using Named ranges, Data Validation, compact array-formula
This is not a beginner’s course in Excel. Sorting, Filtering • Learn the real power of these formulas and
Participants will learn some advanced features • Learn the Name manager why regular formulas can’t do the job
such as Pivot Tables, Charting, Tables, Sorting, • Learn the difference between local and • Using built-in array formulas, like TREND or
Filtering, Functions and more. global names TRANSPOSE
• Ensure correct access to linked workbooks
The goal of this course is to give participants • Ensure data accuracy Summary
a deeper understanding of the intricacies of • Learn how to use cascading data validation What did we learn, and how can we implement
Excel and a new ability to use it efficiently to (for example, once a user chooses “cars”, this in our work environments?
produce the solutions they’re seeking. another cell allows only Ford, Toyota, etc.)
• Sorting by more than 3 fields
Prerequisites • Filtering by font, pattern or value
A solid working knowledge of Excel and a • See your data based on things like dates in
desire to become more knowledgeable about the third quarter, or fields where quantity x
its features and benefits price is greater than some fixed value
Course Level Conditional Formatting and Data Formatting
Intermediate/ Advanced • Make relevant data stand out
• Isolate highs and lows
Who Should Attend • Make error cells invisible
This course is for anyone with a basic working • Learn about Data bars and Icon sets
knowledge of Excel who wishes to enhance
their understanding of the myriad features of Color Scales
Excel and when to use them. • Highlight differences between worksheets
• Learn all the codes in the Format/Number
What You Will Learn list, like (#,##0.00_);(#,##0.00)
You’ll learn how to: • Using cell styles
• Use functions like IF, AVERAGE, SUMIF, • Learn all about alignment, protection,
SUMIFS, SUMPRODUCT, INDEX, MATCH, borders, colors and more
CHOOSE, DATE and many more
• Create meaningful charts Pivot Tables
• Use Pivot Tables • How to summarize large amounts of data
• Use Conditional Formatting and Data with a few clicks
Validation • Learn various ways of presenting the data
• Take advantage of using Named ranges, do • Pivot table tools
sorting, filtering, tables • How to customize and format a pivot table
to suit your needs
Course Overview • How to group data
• Using the various options to present your
Getting Started data
• Introductions
• Course structure Charts
• Course goals and objectives • Learn how to create a chart with one
keystroke!
• The 11 types of built-in charts
• How to customize the charts to make the
information tell the right story
• Using the design, layout and formatting
available to charts in Excel
• Embedded charts versus chart sheets
• How to modify all the pieces of a chart
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8858 / Four 3-hour sessions Contact your local IIL company for details #PA8858 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
Price: USD 850
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 69
Microsoft® and Excel® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

70. Microsoft® Project Certifications
Microsoft® Excel Visual Basic for Applications (VBA)
Mastering Automation - Making Things Happen Fast!
This practical course provides a solid back- • Get information to/from a workbook
ground in the capabilities and usage of Visual - How to design a User Form
Basic® for Applications (VBA) programming. - When to use it, when not
It explores macro recording, editing, writing - How to get information to/from a
macros from scratch, making User Forms and User Form
creating user-defined functions. - Learn the various controls on a User
Form (button, checkbox, textbox, etc.)
The goal of this course is to provide access to - Using Input boxes and getting messages
the programming environment of Excel® and to a user
enable participants to make macros that are • Make repetitive tasks happen without
always available to make their usage of Excel errors and quickly: for example, updating a
easier. monthly report using new data
• Create your own set of personal utilities
Prerequisites which are available to you in every
A solid working knowledge of Excel, and a workbook
desire to get more deeply into the • Create your own functions in addition to
programming language built in to Excel - Excel’s wide set, like a weighted average
Visual Basic for Applications. function
• Debugging
Course Level • Prevent a workbook from being saved or
Intermediate/ Advanced printed unless all required fields are filled in
Who Should Attend Summary
This course is for anyone with a solid working • What did we learn, and how can we
knowledge of Excel. implement this in our work environments?
What You Will Learn
You’ll learn how to:
• Record macros
• Edit macros
• Debug macros
• Create and use User Forms
• Create user-defined functions
• Explore Event-driven macros (macros which
run when some event occurs, like printing or
saving or using a right-mouse click)
Course Overview
Getting Started
• Introductions
• Course structure
• Course goals and objectives
Macros and User Forms
• Record, edit and maintain your macros
• Learn what can and cannot be recorded
• A quick look at syntax
• A discussion of functions and User Forms
Course Outline
• Record macros
• Examine and learn about the VBE (Visual
Basic Environment) - the place where
macros are stored
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8857 / Two 3-hour sessions Contact your local IIL company for details #PA8857 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
70 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Microsoft®, Excel® and Visual Basic® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

71. www.iil.com
Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Project managers are routinely charged with leading challenging and
complex projects. Over the course of a project life cycle, they have to deal
with a wide range of people - including sponsors, team members, clients,
suppliers and internal department heads - who often have conflicting
goals and competing priorities. They may also be located in different
countries and speak different languages.
Today’s project managers must have the leadership and interpersonal skills
necessary to work in a culturally sensitive way with a variety of people and
personalities. IIL’s Leadership and Interpersonal Skills curriculum prepares
you to handle even the most demanding project and personnel situations.
An Integrated Skill Set
The world in which project managers work today is very different than it was a decade - or even a few years - ago.
Emerging technology has quickened the pace of communication and condensed the global working environment.
Team meetings may be face-to-face or virtual, and it is critical for project managers to appreciate diversity and
understand the challenges of working across cultures, time zones and geographies.
Technical expertise alone is no longer enough to effectively manage projects and programs. Communication,
negotiation and conflict resolution skills are as necessary as planning, scheduling and analysis. The best leaders are
those who possess Emotional Intelligence and have the ability to ask the right questions, consult with their team
members and listen. In addition, Project managers need to use the left (sequential, logical and analytical) and right
(creative, intuitive, holistic) hemispheres of their brains the way they use their left and right legs to walk.
Leadership and Interpersonal Skills Curriculum
The courses in this section of the catalogue are highly interactive and focus on guiding you to develop your own
personal leadership style and potential. They also help you maximize your competence and comfort level in the
interpersonal arena.
Advancing your leadership skills in both traditional and virtual settings will not only improve your team’s performance
- it will increase stakeholder engagement and commitment. Leadership Skills for Project Managers is a great intro-
ductory course, while Managing and Leading Projects Across Organizational Boundaries is targeted to leaders with
a bit more experience. If you work with teams across geographical boundaries, take a look at Leading Cross-Cultural
Virtual Teams, or learn how to increase engagement and empower your team in Leadership and The Power of Ac-
knowledgment®.
Other courses in this section will enhance your ability to motivate and inspire those around you; strengthen your abil-
ity to deal with negativity, resistance and conflict; and maximize your ability to influence, facilitate, mentor, network
and coach. They will also help you communicate the right information to the right people at the right time, using the
most effective channels.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
“The Power of Acknowledgment®” is a registered trademark and “Leadership Acknowledgment Self-Assessment™” is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.
71

72. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Effective Communication Skills
Blending Processes, Tools and Interpersonal Skills
Communication is the single most critical Course Overview Impact of Infrastructure on Effective
success factor in projects. It provides the Communication
foundation for defining and managing project Getting Started • Overview of infrastructure-based impacts on
objectives and scope, planning project • Introductions communications
performance, executing, controlling and • Course structure • Using stakeholder analysis in
closing projects. This workshop gives project • Course goals and objectives communications management planning
stakeholders at every level the performance • Developing the project communications
edge to make their projects successful. Foundational Concepts management plan
• Communication: definition and process • Conducting virtual meetings and effectively
Prerequisites • Communication: challenges in the project managing documents
Basic project management training or environment
equivalent experience • An Effective Project Communications (EPC) Practicing Situational Project
success model Communications
Course Level • Overview of practice environment
Basic/Intermediate Impact of Values on Effective • Conducting communications exercises in
Communication various situations
Who Should Attend • Overview of values-based impacts on • Solution templates
Those who lead project teams or work with communication • Situation debriefs
managers, peers, customers and/or vendors • Behavioral and thinking styles
would benefit from this course. It is particularly • Paradigms and attitudes Summary
designed for project managers and members • Responsiveness and Emotional Intelligence • What did we learn, and how can we
of a Project Management Office (PMO). implement this in our work environments?
Focus on Basic Communication Skills
Performance Focus • Overview of basic communication skills
This course will use role play, case study- • Basic oral – informal/conversations Incorporate Simulation into this Course
based exercises and interactive dialogue to • Basic written – informal/e-mail
Want this course delivered onsite to your
ensure that we address both practical and • Basic written – formal/professional
company or team? Enhance the class experi-
situational applications of communication deliverables
ence by adding real-world simulation into the
concepts, principles and techniques. • Basic written – formal/document
mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
management
simulation integrates proven learning theory
The goal of this course is to improve project
with leading-edge computer technology and
performance and project management Focus on Interpersonal Communication Skills
game-based simulation techniques to deliver
capability by learning effective communication • Overview of interpersonal communication
lasting benefits.
skills. These include formal communication, skills
such as documentation and reporting, and the • Nonverbal skills (body, face, voice)
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
interpersonal aspects that are critical to conflict • Listening skills: focusing and filtering
resolution and healthy team and individual • Skills for building trust: initiating individual
relationships. relationships
• Skills for building trust: giving/receiving
What You Will Learn feedback
You will learn how to:
• Gather and distribute the right information Focus on Team Communication Skills
to the right people, in the right media and • Overview of interpersonal communication
at the right time to keep the project on track skills
for successful completion • Building trust with project teams
• Address the varying communication • Conducting project business: general
needs of project stakeholders and manage meeting skills
communication in a time- and cost-effective • Conducting project business: specific project
way meeting tips
• Create a communication plan and obtain • Meeting major challenges: interacting within
buy-in from the project team the virtual environment
• Listen in a focused, centered and attentive • Meeting major challenges: respecting
fashion diversity
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8816 / Four 3-hour sessions #5016 / 2 Days #PA8816 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
72 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

73. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Effective Presentation Skills for Project Managers
Create and Deliver Outstanding Presentations
For some people, making a presentation is • Structure a presentation that is focused on Practice Review
something they dread. Just getting through the overall goal and provides the necessary • Feedback and improvements
the event is all that they are focused on and detail to keep your audience engaged
effectiveness does not even enter their minds. • Give presentations in multiple formats Ensuring Effective Delivery
However, with today’s results-oriented, cross- and receive constructive feedback that • Controlling nervousness
functional team working environment, the will immediately help to improve your • Reacting to audience signals
ability to present information effectively is presentation skills • Handling questions
a “must have” rather than something to be • Use ten effective ways to open a • Maintaining audience rapport
survived, if success is to be your ultimate goal. presentation • Using the power of your voice
• Follow an effective three-step process to
This highly interactive two-day course is close a presentation Using Visual Aids
designed to help you minimize obstacles when • Use a technique that builds on the key points • The payoffs and pitfalls of using visual aids
creating and delivering effective presentations, of your message to ensure your audience • Creating effective visuals
allowing you to focus on achieving your desired is more likely to respond positively to your
outcomes. During this course you will have delivery Practice/Applying What You’ve Learned
ample opportunities to present and learn from • Benefit from tips on delivery, including • Preparation
practical experience. controlling nervousness, handling questions • Delivery
and maintaining rapport • Feedback
Prerequisites • Use visual aids to support and not detract or • Opportunity to put into practice the
Basic project management training or replace your message program content and receive a video copy
equivalent experience
Course Overview Summary
Course Level • What did we learn, and how can we
Basic/Intermediate Getting Started implement this in our work environments?
• Introductions
Who Should Attend • Course structure
This program is designed for project managers, • Course goals and objectives
program managers, portfolio managers,
Business Analysts, functional/line managers and Confronting the Task
anyone else responsible for making business • Understanding the reactions to making
presentations. presentations
• Identifying the barriers and pitfalls of
Performance Focus presentations
Delivering an effective presentation can mean • “How bad can it be?” – getting in the right
the difference between business success and frame of mind
failure. Whether you gain the commitment of • Impromptu speaking
your colleagues, boss, team or stakeholders will
directly impact your ability to be successful in Understanding Your Audience
your job. Those who can clearly and effectively • Identifying your audience’s needs
communicate information in a compelling and • Understanding communication styles
meaningful way often achieve their desired • Analyzing the communication styles of your
business and personal goals. Organizations audience
tend to value and reward individuals whose • Practicing with different styles
performance exhibits these behaviors.
Planning/Organizing Your Presentation
What You Will Learn • Clarifying and developing the goal of your
You’ll learn how to: presentation
• Clearly state the goal of your presentation to • Applying your audience analysis
produce the result you desire • Coordinating and ordering your content
• Recognize the preferred communication • Checking the language
style of your target audience • Structuring the presentation into:
• Construct an opening, body and closing - Opening
for your presentation that accommodate - Body
the preferred communication style of your - Closing
audience • Practice presentation
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#5031 / 2 Days
CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 73

74. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Stakeholder Relationship Skills for Project Managers
Improve Your Project Relationships
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
This two-day course is designed to equip you Foundation Concepts Summary
to analyze the complexities of major • Successful project teams • What did we learn, and how can we
stakeholder relationship categories. You will • Stakeholder relationship skills and project implement this in our work environments?
also learn to apply the most appropriate team performance
interpersonal relationship skills to different • Traditional approach to managing
categories of relationships and align the stakeholder relationships Incorporate Simulation into this Course
dynamic needs of stakeholders with a • Dynamic Stakeholder Relationship Model
project’s objective throughout the project life Want this course delivered onsite to your
cycle. Characterizing Project Stakeholder company or team? Enhance the class experi-
Relationships ence by adding real-world simulation into the
Prerequisites • Overview of stakeholder descriptions mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
Basic project management training or • Categories of stakeholder relationships simulation integrates proven learning theory
equivalent experience • Stakeholder relationships across the project with leading-edge computer technology and
life cycle game-based simulation techniques to deliver
Course Level • Relationship-based stakeholder assessments lasting benefits.
Basic/Intermediate • Stakeholder relationship skill families
Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
Who Should Attend Project Advocacy Skills
This program is designed for functional/line • Overview of the advocacy family of
managers, program managers, project relationship skills
managers and anyone else who deals with • Promoting project value
various stakeholders on a regular basis. • Cracking business cultures
• Negotiating for resources
Performance Focus
The focus of this course is on developing and Project Leadership Skills
refining interpersonal and communication • Overview of the leadership family of
skills to help you get the most out of your relationship skills
relationships with project stakeholders. • Influencing the project team
• Facilitating project team results
What You Will Learn • Mentoring and coaching the project team
You’ll learn how to: • Practicing leadership skills
• Describe the characteristics of project
relationships as they apply to specific types Project Rapport Skills
of stakeholders across the project life cycle • Overview of the rapport family of
• Apply a consistent method and approach to relationship skills
the identification of stakeholders • Establishing rapport with clients
• Use a relationship-based stakeholder • Enabling change – the preparation and
assessment tool to analyze and identify action stages
ways to improve relationships in projects • Practicing rapport skills
• Apply selected skills from four major families
(defined in this course as “advocacy,” Project Harmony Skills
“leadership,” “rapport” and “harmony”) to • Overview of the harmony family of
improve project relationships relationship skills
• Exploring the primary harmony skills
Course Overview - Networking
- Creative problem solving
Getting Started - Balancing to keep project objectives
• Introductions • Integrating harmony skills into the project
• Course structure manager’s repertoire
• Course goals and objectives
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8961 / Four 3-hour sessions #6010 / 2 Days #PA8961 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
74 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

75. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Building High-Performance Project Teams
Develop a Team Poised for Success
This course pulls together the most current and Course Overview • Communication strategies
popular theories and writings on this complex • Decision making, authority and
topic and presents an amalgamated view in a Getting Started accountability
highly-interactive workshop using an activity- • Introductions • Resources
based approach. Students will understand and • Course delivery strategy • Team activity
gain the skills required to build and participate • Discussion: participant expectations
in high-performance project teams and will • Team activity – building a bridge Summary
possess the insight to proactively affect change • What did we learn, and how can we
within their respective organizations. They will Foundational Team Concepts implement this in our work environments?
learn how to transform their existing culture • The nature of teams
into one that promotes high performance. - The definition of a team
- Types of teams
Prerequisites - Does the size of the team matter?
Basic project management training or • Characteristics of high-performance teams
equivalent experience • Guiding behaviors of high-performance
teams
Course Level • Team activity – characteristics of high-
Intermediate performance teams
- Purpose and values
Who Should Attend - Empowerment
This two-day workshop is designed for: - Relationship and communication
• Department heads - Flexibility
• Program managers - Optimal performance
• Project managers - Recognition and appreciation
• Team leaders - Morale
What You Will Learn Understanding Team Development
You will learn how to: • Stages of team development – Model 1
• Define a team and describe the optimum • Stages of team development – Model 2
team size for effective performance • Team activity
• Describe characteristics and guiding
behaviors of high-performance teams Designing a High-Performance Culture
• Describe the major elements of each • Corporate cultures
development stage in two distinct models - Cultural characteristics
• Recognize cultural barriers in achieving high - The cost of culture
performance - Designing high-performance cultures
• List the attributes of a high-performing - Assessing your culture
corporate culture • Corporate leadership
• Assess your own corporate culture • Leadership tips
• Discuss corporate leadership as a factor in
building high-performance project teams Establishing the Attributes of High
• Describe the three A’s of selecting team Performance
members • Choosing the right people
• State three leadership responsibilities • Team effectiveness
• Describe leadership responsibilities, styles • Team leadership
and roles - Leadership responsibilities
• List and describe the eight components of - Leadership styles
the team charter model for building high- • The Team Charter model
performance teams - Team vision, purpose and values
- Team norms
- Team member roles
- Key responsibility areas and goals
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8805 / Four 3-hour sessions #7005 / 2 Days #PA8805 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 75

76. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Effective Negotiating Skills for Project Managers
The Fast Track to Yes!
Become skillful at dealing with unworkable • Applying the basics of a principled Each attendee will receive a
differences – situations where there appears negotiation approach complimentary copy of the best-
to be no acceptable compromise. This course • Developing and using a negotiation seller Getting to Yes: Negotiating
Agreement Without Giving In, by
shows you how to work toward agreements checklist
Roger Fisher and William Ury.
where all parties are pleased with the outcome.
Regardless of whether you bring your most Course Overview
challenging situations to this workshop or
work through the compelling real-life class Getting Started
examples, you will enhance your personal and • Introductions
professional life with powerful new skills. • Course structure
• Course goals and objectives
Prerequisites • Establishing personal learning objectives
Basic project management training or
equivalent experience Negotiation Basics
• Understanding the foundational concepts of
Course Level negotiation
Intermediate/Advanced • Developing an awareness of your own
negotiation strategies
Who Should Attend • Negotiation phases
Among those who can benefit from this course • Common approaches to negotiating
are: • Principled negotiating basics
• Project managers • Personal negotiating strategies
• Program and portfolio managers
• Project team members Project Negotiation Simulation
• Line managers • Different levels of complexity in negotiations
• Specialists • Working within negotiation phases and
• Other staff engaged in project negotiations identifying when to move into the next
on a regular basis phase
• Practice in adapting negotiation strategy to
Performance Focus the dynamics of the negotiation
The goal of this course is to improve your • Optimizing negotiation skills
negotiation skills by helping you to identify • Simulation role play one: negotiating a
your own preferred negotiation strategies so project charter
that you may adapt this to the progress and • Simulation role play two: negotiating for
format of any given negotiation. project resources
• Simulation role play three: negotiating for a
The course is also designed for you to specific project resource
experience typical negotiation situations at
certain key points of the life cycle of a project, From Training Course to Practical Application
enabling you to develop an awareness of • Reviewing personal learning objectives
your effectiveness during negotiations at • Assessing development progress
these stages. The majority of time in this • Committing to transfer a minimum of three
course is spent on practicing newly-presented new behaviors to work environment
negotiation techniques and receiving feedback • Peer exercise: achievements
on application for further development and • Personal commitments
improvement.
Summary
What You Will Learn • What did we learn, and how can we
You’ll learn how to improve the chance of implement this in our work environments?
successful “win-win” negotiation by:
• Identifying, formulating and applying
effective negotiation strategies
• Recognizing each phase of the negotiation
process and utilizing tactics and tools to
effectively move through each phase
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8906 / Four 3-hour sessions #5000 / 2 Days #PA8906 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
76 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

77. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Decision Making and Problem Solving for Project Managers
Action-oriented Decision Making and Problem Solving
The overall goal of this course is to build the Course Overview Summary
experienced project manager’s competency in • What did we learn, and how can we
decision making and problem solving. Getting Started implement this in our work environments?
This course will provide the knowledge and • Introductions
tools to enhance timely decision making and • Course structure
problem solving skills within the framework of • Course goals and objectives
the project life cycle.
Foundation Concepts
Prerequisites • Identify the impact of indecision
Basic project management training or • Identify key drivers to decision making
equivalent experience • Identify the root causes of indecision
• Identify next steps to take
Course Level
Intermediate/Advanced Decision Making Model
• Making an appropriate decision for the
Who Should Attend situation
This program is designed for project managers, • How to translate requirements into action
program managers, portfolio managers, • How to action a plan
Business Analysts or functional/line managers
who would like to enhance their decision Problem Solving Overview
making and problem solving capabilities. • The critical elements of problem solving and
different approaches
Performance Focus • How to translate requirements into action
Incisive decision making, strategic questioning, • How to action a plan
creative problem solving and solution
development are some of the main areas of Analyzing the Problem
focus of this course. • Who wins - the Tortoise or the Hare?
• Root cause analysis
What You Will Learn • Prioritizing the root causes
Upon completion, you will be able to: • Cause-effect relationships
• Reinforce the importance of making a sound
decision in a timely manner Solution Development
• Apply the concept of separating facts from • Defining components of a solution
perceptions • Testing a solution’s viability
• Describe a structured problem-solving • Critical elements of an implementation plan
approach • Risk mitigation planning
• Identify the concepts of root cause analysis • Gaining approval
and be able to use some fundamental tools
• Develop perceptive questions and describe Sustaining Improvement
their importance in solving problems • Impact and elements of effective change
• Operational critical parameters
• Transition plans
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8962 / Four 3-hour sessions #5930 / 2 Days #PA8962 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 77

78. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Conflict Resolution for Project Managers
Strengthen Your Leadership and Communication Skills
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
The human factor is a major challenge What You Will Learn Disposition Stage
in every project. If conflicts and negative You’ll learn how to: • Disposition stage overview
behavior are affecting your team’s ability to • Describe the three stages of an enlightened • Solution synergy
work cooperatively toward its goal, then this conflict resolution process • Solution roadmap
workshop is a must for you! • Explain how selected personal and • Stakeholders’ enlightenment
interpersonal leadership theories and • Practicing disposition
Successful people must, as Stephen Covey techniques support this process
suggests, “be proactive, think win-win, seek first • Identify specific points where project Summary
to understand and then to be understood.” This management techniques complement the • What did we learn, and how can we
workshop provides you with the day-to-day enlightened process implement this in our work environments?
tools to become a highly successful person and • Practice selected techniques to achieve
leader. declaration and definition outcomes
• Develop and pursue a personal action
The goal of this course is to provide participants plan for improving your ability to achieve
with the skills to set the context for and disposition outcomes
diagnose specific conflict situations; then, to
evaluate and implement “enlightened” (win/win) Course Overview
solutions.
Getting Started
Prerequisites • Introductions
Basic project management training or • Course structure
equivalent experience • Course goals and objectives
Course Level Foundation Concepts
Intermediate/Advanced • Successful project team relationships
• Conflict and project team performance
Who Should Attend • Traditional conflict resolution approaches
This two-day workshop is designed for project • A more structured approach to conflict
and team leaders, executives, supervisors, resolution – Theory of Constraints
managers, union leaders, program managers • Enlightened conflict resolution process
and anyone else who wants to be more
successful in working with others. Declaration Stage
• Declaration stage overview
Performance Focus • Personal commitment
Each participant practices building personal • Common ground
mastery in: • Accepted process
• Achieving a personal conflict paradigm shift • Practicing declaration
• Aligning conflict stakeholders’ expectations
• Agreeing on specific paths to conflict Definition Stage
resolution • Definition stage overview
• Identifying demands versus needs in the • Conflict containment
context of a common objective • Exposed barriers
• Neutralizing potential resistance and • Potential solutions
surfacing assumptions • Practicing definition
• Addressing barriers and generating solutions
• Agreeing upon a win/win solution
• Developing a plan to implement the
solution
• Harnessing the value from the conflict
and celebrating the results.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8902 / Four 3-hour sessions #7008 / 2 Days #PA8902 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
78 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

79. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Leadership Skills for Project Managers
Leading Profitable Business Change in Projects and Programs
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Over the past several decades, the focus for • Review and evaluate leadership within Leadership Enablers and Hindrances
both project and program managers has been the context of project and program • Review the enablers of successful leadership
simply to manage. In today’s environment, management • Review the hindrances of successful
project and program managers are increasingly • Explore the key aspects of leadership and leadership
called upon to be both effective managers and communication regarding stakeholder • Impact of environmental factors such as risk,
leaders. However, management and leadership relationship management culture, colleagues
are two distinctly different areas of expertise.
Knowing the difference between management Course Overview Key Underlying Leadership Competencies in
and leadership, as well as how and when to the Project and Program Contexts
switch between the two, is more crucial than Getting Started • Business case for effective leadership
ever to sustaining profitable business change. • Introductions • List of the key leadership competencies
• Course structure • The impact of leadership style on delegation
Prerequisites • Course goals and objectives approaches
Basic project management training or • Leadership as a form of influencing
equivalent experience Foundational Concepts • Team development as a critical leadership
• Class exercise – describe leadership and competency
Course Level management • Detailed review
Intermediate/Advanced • Leadership and management defined • Conduct exercises on the top five
• The real and significant differences competencies
Who Should Attend • Situational leadership application
• Project and program managers • Class discussion on leadership within the Key Leadership Skills
• Project Management Office personnel participants’ settings • Identify the most important leadership skills
• Business stakeholders with various roles in a • The synergistic overlap • Conduct practice exercises for the top five
project and/or program • Colin Powell leadership primer
• Role play exercise Summary
Performance Focus • What did we learn, and how can we
Developing your leadership skills and abilities Proven Leadership Styles implement this in our work environments?
in both traditional and virtual settings will • Class discussion:
result in improved team performance, as well - What are the primary leadership styles
as increased stakeholder engagement and within your setting?
commitment. The focus of this course includes - Why do the styles work and/or not
learning to communicate with and manage work?
stakeholders more effectively, raise team • Transactional leadership
morale and increase clarity around the business • Transformational leadership
value contribution of various members of your • Situational role play exercise practicing
project team. transactional and transformational
leadership
What You Will Learn • Other styles to consider
You’ll learn how to: • Leadership is confusing: evaluate the top
• Clearly recognize and describe the ten of the Top 50 Rules of Leadership
differences between leadership and
management Selecting the Appropriate Leadership Style
• Effectively communicate organizational • Class discussion: name and describe various
mission, vision, goals and objectives leadership styles. How do you know what
• Understand proven rules of leadership and type of leadership is appropriate?
know which are appropriate in various real- • Criteria for selecting the right style
world situations • Role of self-awareness
• Classify, analyze and practice proven types • Situations that match leadership styles
and styles of leadership • Class discussion: primary leadership styles in
• Identify what leaders really do participants’ settings
• Understand and know when to utilize key “L” • Team exercises on applying leadership styles
competencies - Results when matched to the situation
- Results when not matched to the situation
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8947 / Four 3-hour sessions #5037 / 2 Days #PA8947 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 79

80. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Leadership and The Power of Acknowledgment®
How to Engage, Motivate and Inspire
Effective leaders make a difference by finding Performance Focus Employing the Power of Acknowledgment
ways to sustain people’s level of commitment • Linking effective leadership and business • Consciousness, courage, choice,
and support, especially in the difficult periods sustainability communication, commitment
all organizations experience at one time or • Strengthening interpersonal relationships • Overcoming barriers to acknowledgment
another. Sustaining momentum is a key • Motivating teams and corporate • The seven principles of acknowledgment
leadership domain. stakeholders • The acknowledgment process
• Developing personal leadership capabilities
Typically people cannot sustain their levels of • Assessing and developing personal Applying the Principles of Acknowledgment
commitment to, and engagement in, organi- acknowledgment skills Within the Context of Your Personal
zational purpose and goals on their own. This Leadership style
non-engagement results in poor performance, What You Will Learn • Case studies
limited productivity and an erosion of the This workshop is designed to assist participants • Creating your Power of Acknowledgment
bottom line. People need consistent affirmation in accomplishing these objectives: Personal Leadership Action Plan
of their value and contribution to the organi- • Understanding the need for • Creating a vision statement for
zation in order to know that their efforts are acknowledgment in creating a culture of your organization that incorporates
appreciated. This can be accomplished through appreciation within an organization or team acknowledgment into your corporate culture
acknowledgment. • Defining “acknowledgment” and
understanding its benefits Summary
Leaders can tap into the power of personal • Overcoming the barriers to using • What did we learn, and how can we
commitment and dedication by acknowledg- acknowledgment implement this in our work environments?
ing people in an authentic, heartfelt manner. • Demonstrating the language and subtleties
Leaders who model true acknowledgment of authentic and heartfelt acknowledgment
behavior will inspire others to do the same and behavior
to want to dramatically increase their levels of • Describing the principles of Each participant will receive
contribution to the organization. acknowledgment in the context of your a copy of The Power of
personal leadership style Acknowledgment by Judith
This program is highly interactive and • Describing how to coach teams, managers W. Umlas, as well as a work-
includes a Leadership Acknowledgment Self- and other corporate stakeholders in using book.
Assessment™, case studies, role play and a per- the Power of Acknowledgment to produce
sonal leadership action plan. breakthrough results
Prerequisites Course Overview
There are no prerequisites for this course
Getting Started
Course Level • Introductions Testimonials
Basic/Intermediate • Course structure
• Course goals and objectives “Project managers all over the world... engaged
Who Should Attend • The Leadership Acknowledgment Self- with Judy during her presentation and greatly
• Senior and mid-level managers who Assessment benefited from the training provided, as
want to improve their leadership skills evidenced by the survey results and praise we
by using acknowledgment to enhance The Workforce Engagement Sustainability received from attendees .”
their interpersonal and communication Challenge
capabilities • Employees who are engaged, not engaged - Tresia Eaves, MHR, PMP
• New managers who are being prepared for and actively disengaged Chair Emeritus, 2008 - PMI IS SIG
higher levels of leadership • The costs of non-engagement
• Anyone with hands-on supervisory or • Meeting the engagement sustainability “Many attendees [at the PMI Keystone Chapter
managerial experience and responsibility challenge Professional Development Day] including
• Anyone with a current or impending role as myself found great benefit in the content
an organizational change agent Acknowledgment, Engagement and that was shared and the various exercises we
• Anyone who aspires to be a candidate for a Leadership performed. I would strongly recommend you
leadership position • Acknowledgment and its benefits plan to have [Judy] speak to your organization
• Recognition versus acknowledgment very soon.”
• Maslow, Blanchard and Covey: how
acknowledgment fits into these models - Myles Miller, CEO and Owner
• Leadership and acknowledgment Milo Service Enterprises LLC
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8948 / Two 3-hour sessions #5040 / 1 Day #PA8948 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.7/ PDU Credits: 7 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
80 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
“The Power of Acknowledgment®” is a registered trademark and “Leadership Acknowledgment Self-Assessment™” is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

81. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Leading Cross-Cultural Virtual Teams
Meet Project Objectives Through Effective Global Virtual Teaming
High-performing teams are a must in this world Course Overview • Best practices for conducting virtual team
of intense competition and high expectations. meetings
Global virtual teaming has become a necessity Getting Started • Virtual processes and technology – using
as organizations become increasingly • Introductions technology solutions to support effective
distributed and suppliers and clients actively • Course structure virtual team work
engage in joint projects. • Course goals and objectives • Tools and techniques to improve virtual
leadership and ways to improve your ability
Teams work across geographical and Foundation Concepts to lead virtual teams
organizational boundaries to deliver solutions • Basic definitions
and services to global users where distance • Critical success factors for leading cross- The Cross-Cultural, Virtual Team-Friendly
and differences, both geographic and cultural, cultural virtual teams Environment
amplify the effect of issues and factors that are • A road map to success for leading cross- • Defining the cross-cultural, virtual team-
relatively straightforward when managing a cultural virtual teams friendly environment
team of people in the same location. This course • The major steps necessary to enable initial
delivers practical concepts and techniques that Leadership Excellence in any Project success in leading cross-cultural virtual teams
participants will start using immediately on their Environment • Creating an environment that respects
global projects. • Overview of core leadership skills diversity
• Hub of trust • Continuously improving the cross-cultural
Prerequisites • Conflict management as lubricant virtual team environment
Participants should have experience working on • Communication, power, empathy and
or managing projects that span cultural and/or transformation Summary
geographical boundaries. • Exercise: Action planning
Situational Leadership and Personal Diversity • Recap of course goals and objectives
Course Level • Ways to improve sensitivity to personal
Intermediate/Advanced diversity through deeper levels of listening
• Address issues related to differences in
Who Should Attend communication styles
This program is designed for program • Managing the project interaction challenges
managers, project managers, team leaders and inherent in different learning styles
others responsible for managing and working • Common sense methods for leveraging
on cross-cultural global projects or tasks and affiliation-based diversity clues in project
with teams that work predominantly in virtual interactions
mode. Different versions of the course can be
presented to participants at different manage- Situational Leadership and Cultural Diversity
ment levels within an organization. • Overview of cultural (heritage-based)
diversity
What You Will Learn • Applying selected cultural learning to specific
You’ll learn how to: situations using cultural dimensions
• Recognize and address the range of issues • Overcoming differences in cultural
and pressures that are unique to global, orientations
remote and virtual team leadership • Identifying personal strengths and
• Effectively address the challenges of working opportunities using a Cultural Orientation
across cultures, time zones and countries Framework
• Make the most of virtual technologies in
order to become a better leader in what Situational Leadership and Virtual Diversity
will soon become the normal mode for • Overview of virtual diversity
managing in the 21st century • Six centrifugal forces of virtual diversity
• Virtual time management – applying selected
tools and techniques to improve your abilities
to manage time zone issues
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8938 / Four 3-hour sessions #5033 / 2 Days #PA8938/ Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 81

82. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Managing and Leading Projects Across Organizational Boundaries
Achieving Project Success in Complex Environments Through Collaborative Skills
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Significant projects today are performed by What You Will Learn Gaining Influence
teams of people from multiple organization You’ll learn how to: • Overview of gaining influence
units and, often, multiple companies. When • Assess an organizational culture’s challenges • Step 1: Determine influence needs
project managers, team leaders or technical and adapt your interpersonal skills and • Step 2: Assess influence assets
professionals seek collaborative relationships political acumen to meet them • Step 3: Plan approach
across organizational boundaries, they often • Apply basic tools and techniques for building • Step 4: Implement plan
encounter a daunting array of challenges. relationships and gaining influence across • Step 5: Manage progress
organizational boundaries
These challenges must be dealt with effectively • Plan a tailored, systematic approach for Planning and Implementing Your Approach
across business, political, team, interpersonal gaining support, resources and collaboration • Overview of Implementation Approach and
and personal levels to successfully meet project from individuals in organizations where you Continuous Improvement (IACI)
objectives. The goal of this course is to provide have no formal influence • Enhancing Primary MLPAOB skills through:
participants with a framework for improving - Identifying and sampling auxiliary MLPAOB
project performance by successfully navigat- Course Overview skills
ing through the turbulence of organizational - Practicing MLPAOB skills
cultures. Getting Started • Self-reflection: developing a personal action
• Introductions plan (optional - time permitting)
Prerequisites • Course structure
Basic project management training or • Course goals and objectives Summary
equivalent experience • What did we learn, and how can we
Foundation Concepts implement this in our work environments?
Course Level • Overview of key course concepts
Intermediate/Advanced • Managing and leading: the balance and
evolution Incorporate Simulation into this Course
Who Should Attend • Managing and leading projects versus
Among those who would benefit from this ongoing work Want this course delivered onsite to your
course are: • Organizations defined and a project company or team? Enhance the class experi-
• Project managers, project component manager’s outlook across the structures ence by adding real-world simulation into the
leads or project team members • The Path to Competency in Managing and mix. Highly interactive and experiential, IIL’s
• Program and portfolio managers Leading Projects Across Organizational simulation integrates proven learning theory
• Anyone who needs to get work done in the Boundaries (MLPAOB) with leading-edge computer technology and
context of a complex organizational culture game-based simulation techniques to deliver
• Technical managers Organizational Cultures and Behaviors lasting benefits.
• Business unit managers • Overview of organizational culture and
• Executives behaviors Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
• Organizations and change
This course is highly relevant to people in • Organizational grassroots changes
virtually any industry, function or discipline
involved in projects where they must reach Political Acumen
across organizational boundaries (i.e., depart- • Overview of role and impact of political
ments, functions or business units) for acumen
collaboration, resources or support and who • Role of “politics” in organizations
have little or no formal authority to do so. • Political behaviors
• How to improve your political acumen skills
Performance Focus
The goal of this course is to equip you with the Building Relationships
necessary knowledge, skills and techniques to • Strategies for building relationships
help you plan and implement a tailored, • Balance emotion with reason
systematic approach for improving your • “Try to understand”
interpersonal skills in gaining support, • Inquire, consult and listen
resources and collaboration from individuals in • Reliability and building trust
organizations where you have little or no formal
influence.
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8867/ Four 3-hour sessions #5026 / 2 Days #PA8867/ Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
82 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
APMC® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

83. Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
Organization and People Change Management
Moving Beyond Installation to Realization
Selecting the right project through well- Performance Focus Application of OPCM Initiation Process
disciplined portfolio management and Providing the knowledge, tools and • Organizational assessment
effective project execution using project techniques to manage change more • Stakeholder assessment
management best practices is only part of effectively at the practical application level
the recipe for success. As companies mature throughout the life cycle of the project. This Planning Process
in project management by implementing includes: • Cross-functional impact assessment
Project Management Offices (PMOs), portfolio • Defining the scope and objectives of OPCM • Cultural analysis
management and developing more certified • Assessing the risks in introducing changes • Organizational change capacity assessment
project managers, they begin to realize a major required as a result of projects • Resistance assessment
gap in the process: successful implementation • Including necessary steps to plan and • Change management strategy
happens through committed users. manage change throughout the project life development
cycle • Sponsor management
Realizing the true business benefits promised • Change communication planning
by the business cases of corporate projects What You Will Learn • Training planning
is accomplished through the people who You’ll learn how to: • Rollout/Go Live support planning
ultimately have to buy in, use the new product • Identify where and how OPCM activities • OPCM cost planning
or process and make it produce the desired should be integrated within the full project
results. This can only be measured after the life cycle Executing Process
project is completed and integrated into a • Explain key change management principles • Communication execution
company’s operations – in other words, during and their application to the discipline of • Training
its life cycle. project management • OPCM audit
• Recognize human responses to change and
The degree of success in realizing these how to mitigate their impact Monitoring and Controlling Process
benefits depends on how effective the • Demonstrate capacity assessment using • Training control
project was in paving the way for the the Duration, Integrity, Commitment, • Sponsor control
users to adopt and use the product. In this Effort (DICE) analysis model, including • OPCM communication control
workshop, we examine a comprehensive interpretation of results and required next
process for Organization and People Change steps Closing Process
Management (OPCM) and how it integrates • Explain how to identify and build OPCM • Remedial training
into the five project management process activities into the project Work Breakdown • OPCM effectiveness survey
groups. Structure (WBS) in the planning phase • Final communication
• Articulate project manager role
Prerequisites requirements regarding OPCM Action Planning
A good working knowledge of project • Describe the two minimum communication • Leveraging your investment in OPCM
management, as well as some experience messages required in all change • Leading and managing OPCM
managing projects management endeavors • Transitioning measurement responsibilities
• Identify and neutralize typical barriers to to the functional groups
Course Level effective change implementation
Intermediate/Advanced Summary
Course Overview • What did we learn, and how can we
Who Should Attend implement this in our work environments?
This program is designed for project, product Getting Started
and program managers; project leaders and • Introductions
administrators; team leaders and members; • Course structure
field staff members; project, design, industrial • Course goals and objectives
and manufacturing engineers; operations,
sales and functional managers; systems Change Management Fundamentals
analysts; software and system developers; • Change – bridging the gap
human resource executives; information • Two models – static or adaptive
technology professionals; research and • Emotional responses to change
development managers; marketing • Impact of OPCM on emotional responses
directors; project support staff; or others • The human factor
involved directly or indirectly with projects for • Language for change
virtually any industry. • Resilience – the antidote for change
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8941 / Four 3-hour sessions #4041 / 2 Days #PA8941 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 83

84. International Institute for Learning, Inc.
IIL Webinars 2.0
Choose from more than 200 Webinars to earn PDUs!
Combining top-quality content with a state-of-the-art virtual classroom and
a cadre of trainers who are the best in their fields is a recipe for success...
YOUR success. Improve your business, leadership and project management
skills with IIL's live, interactive webinars.
Earn valuable PDUs and build your skill set one hour at a time. Choose from
over 200 webinars on topics including:
• Project Management • Microsoft® Project
• Business Analysis • Lean Six Sigma
• Information Technology • Leadership and Interpersonal Skills
• Agile and Scrum • Risk Management
Earn 20 PDUs for USD $199 on your own time with this convenient,
on-demand package of 20 of our most popular webinars! Open doors to
new possibilities and learn about a wide range of interconnected topics
within all of IIL's business practice areas.
With the PDU PowerPack™ you'll learn to:
• Improve your project results with Lean Six Sigma
• More effectively manage conflict in a virtual environment
• Sharpen your skills in stakeholder management and communication
• Brush up on Business Analysis techniques like elicitation and enterprise
analysis
• Get up to speed on the latest in Agile and Scrum and
• Enhance your Emotional Intelligence quotient
Go to www.iil.com/webinars and sign up by filling out
a short profile or simply browse our webinar catalog
and jump-start your career today!

85. Business Analysis
Over the last several years, the field of Business Analysis has
experienced exponential growth. More and more, Business
Analysts are joining project teams to manage the scope of the
product and solution, leaving project managers with more time
to manage the scope of the project itself.
BAs help organizations improve how they conduct their functions
and activities in order to reduce overall costs, provide more efficient
use of scarce resources and better support the customer and the
solutions needed to remain competitive in a global economy.
IIL’s Business Analysis curriculum is aligned with A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide),
so you will familiarize yourself with the content of the BABOK Guide while attending our courses. This will be helpful
for those who aspire to take the Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP®) exam sponsored by the Interna-
tional Institute of Business Analysis (IIBA®). Our new CBAP Boot Camp course will fully prepare you to pass the IIBA
exam and obtain your CBAP credential.
Managing projects and their respective solutions can no longer be handled using the silo mentality of the ‘90s and
early 2000s. A holistic approach is needed that includes Business Analysis and project management. Whether you
have substantial Business Analysis experience or are new to BA and want to learn where it fits in the bigger picture
of the project life cycle, take a look at our wide array of courses in this section.
If you are looking to boost your career with professional credentials, you will want to pursue our BACP program.
IIL’s BACP Certificate provides industry-recognized value to companies and employers, as well as helping to ensure
skill-based competencies for participants. Our BACP program provides proven standards and best practices in the
areas of requirements management, business process modeling, writing and managing requirements and
facilitating requirements workshops.
A Business Analyst can provide value to an organization in many ways, including assisting in the development of
the technical and business justification for projects. IIL offers two courses that will assist you in this process.
Developing the Business Case will provide a road map, tools and techniques to build an acceptable business case,
and Effective Business Process Improvement will guide you through optimizing the development of the current
business process.
We also offer three courses that deal with different aspects of requirements management, including: Business
Process Modeling, Writing and Managing Requirements Documents and Business Analysis Facilitation.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK®, CBAP® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

86. bacp
Business Analysis
Business Analysis Certificate Program
TM
Be the Architect of Strategic Goals
IIL’s Business Analysis Certificate Program
bacp Criteria for Receiving the BACP Certificate
TM
TM
(BACP) is designed to provide you with the core BACP Curriculum In order to be awarded the BACP Certificate,
skills, knowledge and hands-on experience participants must:
needed to succeed as a Business Analyst in Business Analysis Fundamentals (p. 87) • Complete the four required courses (top
today’s global marketplace. 2-day Classroom or 12-hour Virtual Classroom course four courses in the box to the left)
• Achieve at least a 70% score on each of
For participants who opt to take the two-day the post-course multiple-choice online
Certified Business Analysis Professional (CBAP®) Facilitation Skills for Business exams (a 30-question exam for our two-day
Prep Course (an optional part of the curriculum Analysts (p. 88) courses; a 45-question exam for our three-
and ONLY available to those enrolled in the 3-day Classroom or 18-hour Virtual Classroom course
day courses)
BACP), the program will also prepare you to pass
the IIBA® Certification exam to obtain your CBAP Performance Focus
credential. With IIL, you learn from experts who are also
Writing and Managing Requirements practitioners. The BACP program focuses on
Depending upon the courses that you choose, Documents (p. 89) analyzing current best practices from some of
the BACP program earns you between 60 and 2-day Classroom or 12-hour Virtual Classroom course the most successful companies utilizing Business
70 PDUs and can be completed within a time Analysis today. You will learn to better define and
period of three to 12 months. BACP courses manage requirements, elicit information from
may be taken in either our Virtual Classroom Business Process Modeling (p. 90) stakeholders, analyze business processes and
or a traditional classroom setting. While we 3-day Classroom or 18-hour Virtual Classroom course find innovative and efficient solutions to even
recommend that you take the courses in the the most challenging business problems.
order shown to the right, you may take them in
an order that best fits your needs, interests and Optional Course Course Delivery Methods
schedule. Certified Business Analysis Professional As a participant in the BACP program, you can
(CBAP®) Prep Course choose whether you attend courses in our Virtual
Who Should Attend 12-hour Virtual Classroom course (the 12-hour Classroom or in a traditional classroom setting.
You should enroll in the BACP if you work CBAP Prep Course is only available to participants
as a Business Analyst, define and manage in the BACP program) IIL Virtual Classroom Environment
requirements through the development cycle, Thousands of companies have chosen IIL’s
elicit information from stakeholders to define Virtual Classroom as a preferred learning
requirements, or if your job involves solving, method to meet the increased global
defining or analyzing business problems. training needs of their organizations.
What You Will Learn in the BACP Program Benefit from our experience in the Virtual
You will learn how to: Bring the BACP to Your Company! Classroom space, where we have been active
• Define the product scope If your organization has a group of 12 for the past ten years. Our Virtual Classroom
or more employees to train, any of our provides companies and individuals with
• Work with the development team in the
BACP courses can be delivered in a interactive, efficient, quality training that is
systems testing stage
private IIL Virtual Classroom or in a also cost-effective.
• Ensure the solution is usable in the business traditional classroom setting at the
environment location of your choice. Online classes are led by our trainers in real-time,
• Acquire information necessary to the so you get the benefits of a live classroom
definition of requirements Let us customize a BACP program to situation in your office. For an optimum learning
• Conduct a requirements information- meet your specific business needs. Our experience, the courses have a good balance of
gathering session educational advisors will work with you instructor-led learning, multimedia events,
• Write and validate a requirements document to design a program aligned with your discussion and a wide range of interactive
• Manage the changes to requirements training and development goals. exercises from self-reflection to team-based
• Document through the Systems Development activities.
Life Cycle (SDLC)
• Work with Unified Modeling Language (UML) Interested in Obtaining Your CBAP Credential?
diagrams For participants who would like to obtain their
CBAP credential, we recommend that you take
• Use process modeling in business the optional BACP course - Certified Business
diagramming Analysis Professional (CBAP) Prep Course - in
• Diagram and model business processes order to be fully prepared for the examination.
• And much more!
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8900 / 60 hours #3000 / 10 Days #PA8900 / 60 hours
6.0 CEUs / 60 PDUs / 60 PD Hours / 60 CDUs 7.0 CEUs / 70 PDUs / 70 PD Hours / 70 CDUs 6.0 CEUs / 60 PDUs / 60 PD Hours / 60 CDUs
86 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
CBAP® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

87. Business Analysis
Business Analysis Fundamentals
Solving the Business Problem
bacp
TM This course is part of IIL’s Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACPTM), a comprehensive program designed to provide the core skills, knowledge
and hands-on experience needed to succeed as a Business Analyst in today’s global marketplace. For more information, see page 86.
This course teaches participants the overall Course Overview Solution Assessment and Validation:
process of Business Analysis and where it fits in Supporting the Balance of the Product Life
the bigger picture of the project life cycle and Foundation Concepts Cycle
the business context. The course is interactive • Defining the Business Analyst function • Overview
and combines discussion, active workshops • Role of the Business Analyst as change agent • Design tasks
and demonstrations of techniques. • Knowledge areas in the IIBA®’s A Guide to the • Testing tasks
Business Analysis Body of Knowledge (BABOK® • Implementation and production tasks
One goal of this course is to teach participants Guide)
how to achieve bottom-line results that cut • Business Analyst roles and responsibilities Underlying Competencies
through real-world problems. Other goals through the knowledge areas • Overview
include improving operations to develop new • Business Analyst roles and relationships • Analytical thinking and problem solving
systems and products and maximizing results through the project life cycle • Key communication and business skills
through project performance. • Software applications
Business Analysis Planning and Monitoring:
Prerequisites Defining the Process Summary
There are no prerequisites for this course - it • Overview • What did we learn, and how can we
is suitable for both novices and experienced • Business Analysis planning – roles and implement this in our work environments?
people who need a clear Business Analysis responsibilities
model. • Business Analysis planning – processes and
tools Also available in a 10-hour self-paced format.
Course Level • Business Analysis monitoring #PS302
CEU Credits: 1.0/ PDU Credits: 10
Basic/Intermediate
Elicitation: Gathering Information
Who Should Attend • Overview of elicitation
It is important for you to attend if you: • Requirements elicitation techniques
• Work as a Business Analyst (targeted, group and physical)
• Define and manage requirements through
the development life cycle Requirements Management and
Communication: Ensuring Stakeholder
Performance Focus Involvement
• Business Analysis • Overview
• Defining solutions to business problems • Requirements management
• Stakeholder analysis • Requirements relationships
• Defining the solution scope • Requirements communication
What You Will Learn Enterprise Analysis: Defining the Problem
You will learn how to: • Overview of enterprise analysis
• Define the solution scope • Define the business need (feasibility study)
• Work with the development team in the • Business benefit analysis (value versus costs)
systems testing stage • Initial phase gate preparation (business case)
• Ensure the solution is usable in the business
environment Requirements Analysis: Defining the Solution
Model
• Overview of requirements
• The anatomy of a requirement
• Requirements analysis task description
• Requirements analysis techniques
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8921 / Four 3-hour sessions #3021 / 2 Days #PA8921 / Four 3-hour sessions
1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs 1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs 1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 87
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge® and BABOK® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

88. Business Analysis
Facilitation Skills for Business Analysts
Communication and Problem Solving
bacp
TM This course is part of IIL’s Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACPTM), a comprehensive program designed to provide the core skills, knowledge
and hands-on experience needed to succeed as a Business Analyst in today’s global marketplace. For more information, see page 86.
This course teaches the methods needed Course Overview Physical Elicitation Techniques for
to organize and run information-gathering Requirements Communication
events. It combines the basics of graphic Getting Started • Synergy between requirements
decision making and modeling with facilitation, • Introductions communication and physical elicitation
communication and meeting management • Course structure techniques
skills. • Course goals and objectives • Cornerstone physical elicitation technique
– document analysis
Prerequisites Foundation Concepts • Other physical elicitation techniques
There are no prerequisites for this course - it • The role of the Business Analyst • Summary of elicitation techniques by usage
is suitable for both novices and experienced • Knowledge areas in the IIBA®’s A Guide to in the requirements process
people who need to elicit business the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge® • Related interpersonal skills – problem
requirements or solve business problems. (BABOK® Guide) solving
• The Business Analyst and the product/
Course Level project life cycle Requirements Communication Through
Basic/Intermediate • Facilitation skills for the Business Analyst Solution Assessment and Validation
• Synergy between requirements
Who Should Attend Requirements Communication Through communication and solution assessment
It is important for you to attend if you: Business Analysis Planning, Monitoring and and validation
• Work as a Business Analyst Enterprise Analysis • Cornerstone technique – requirements
• Define and manage requirements through • Overview of requirements communication reviews
the development life cycle through Business Analysis planning and • Related general communication skill
• Elicit information from stakeholders to monitoring as well as enterprise analysis – presenting
define requirements • Meeting basic communication challenges • Related interpersonal skill – influencing
• Solve business problems • Requirements communication planning
(including stakeholder assessment) Special Facilitation Skills – Negotiating and
Performance Focus • Managing requirements conflicts Mediating
• Business Analysis • Synergy between requirements
• Defining solutions to business Targeted Elicitation Techniques for communication, negotiating and mediating
problems Requirements Communication • Negotiating
• Requirements elicitation • Synergy between requirements • Mediating
• Facilitation of meetings communication and requirements elicitation
• Negotiation skills and techniques • The information-gathering plan Summary
• Decision analysis • Cornerstone targeted technique, interviews • What did we learn, and how can we
• Other targeted elicitation techniques implement this in our work environments?
What You Will Learn • Related general communication skills
You will learn how to: (listening and empathy)
• Acquire information necessary for the
definition of requirements Group Elicitation Techniques for
• Conduct a requirements information- Requirements Communication
gathering session • Synergy between requirements
• Identify alternate solutions to business communication and group elicitation
problems techniques
• Obtain agreement that the solution is usable • Cornerstone group elicitation technique
in the business environment – requirements workshops
• Other group elicitation techniques
• Related general communication skills
– meeting management best practices
• Related general communication skills
– facilitating best practices
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8922 / Six 3-hour sessions #3022 / 3 Days #8922 / Six 3-hour sessions
1.8 CEUs / 18 PDUs / 18 PD Hours / 18 CDUs 2.1 CEUs / 21 PDUs / 21 PD Hours / 21 CDUs 1.8 CEUs / 18 PDUs / 18 PD Hours / 18 CDUs
88 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

89. Business Analysis
Writing and Managing Requirements Documents
Creating the Acceptable, Approvable Requirements Document
bacp
TM This course is part of IIL’s Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACPTM), a comprehensive program designed to provide the core skills, knowledge
and hands-on experience needed to succeed as a Business Analyst in today’s global marketplace. For more information, see page 86.
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Once a Business Analyst has completed the Course Overview Managing Requirements Change Through the
information gathering and analysis to produce Product Life Cycle
the solution to a business problem, the results Getting Started • Overview of requirements change
must be documented for all stakeholders to • Introductions management
see and understand. This course will enhance • Course structure • Establishing a formal change management
the skill set needed for writing documents and • Course goals and objectives process
managing the complex readership with whom • Tracing requirements through design and
Business Analysts interact on a day-to-day basis. Foundation Concepts development (build, test and implement)
• The role of the Business Analyst • Following through to post-implementation
Prerequisites • The IIBA®’s A Guide to the Business Analysis (transition and early production)
There are no prerequisites for this course - it Body of Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide)
is suitable for both novices and experienced Summary
people who need to produce requirements Knowledge Areas • What did we learn, and how can we
documents for development. • The Business Analyst and the product/ implement this in our work environments?
project life cycle
Course Level • The requirements documentation process
Basic/Intermediate
Planning for Effective Requirements
Who Should Attend Documentation
It is important for you to attend if you: • Overview of requirements documentation
• Work as a Business Analyst planning
• Define and manage requirements through • Establishing a common language
the development life cycle • Determining best practices for producing
• Prepare requirements documents for well-formed requirements
development • Producing good and valid requirements
Performance Focus Writing Effective Requirements Documents
• Business Analysis • Overview of writing requirements
• Defining solutions to business problems documents
• Selecting an audience for written • Using a standard structure/template
communication • Applying formatting techniques
• Requirements writing guidelines • Meeting the challenge of writing
• Writing clear, precise, unambiguous non-functional requirements
requirements
• Managing the requirements document Baselining Requirements Documents
through the Systems Development Life Cycle • Overview of the requirements baseline
(SDLC) process
• Verifying requirements
What You Will Learn • Validating requirements
You will learn how to: • Approving requirements
• Write a requirements document that is
approvable and acceptable
• Validate a requirements document
• Manage the changes to requirements
documents through the SDLC
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8923 / Four 3-hour sessions #3023 / 2 Days #PA8923 / Four 3-hour sessions
1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs 1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs 1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 89
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. APMC® is a registered trademark and BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

90. Business Analysis
Business Process Modeling
Diagramming the Business Problem and Solution
bacp
TM This course is part of IIL’s Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACPTM), a comprehensive program designed to provide the core skills, knowledge
and hands-on experience needed to succeed as a Business Analyst in today’s global marketplace. For more information, see page 86.
A process model is a description of a process Course Overview Usage Models – Part II (UML Use Cases)
in terms of its steps or actions, the data • Overview of Use Cases
flowing between them and the participants Getting Started • Use Case diagrams
in the process. A critical Business Analysis skill, • Introductions • Use Case descriptions
buisness process modeling applies graphical • Course structure • Use Cases and the product life cycle
and text communication techniques to • Course goals and objectives
describe the actions, objects and relationships Integrating the Models
acted upon in the process, as well as the steps Foundation Concepts • Overview of integrating the models
that act upon them. • The role of the Business Analyst • General analysis best practices
• The IIBA®’s A Guide to the Business Analysis • Specific analysis techniques summary
This course teaches the technique of process Body of Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide) • Best practices for transition to design
modeling and ties together the core methods
of process, behavior and data modeling to Knowledge Areas Summary
enable Business Analysts to fully describe • Business Process Modeling (BPM) and the • What did we learn, and how can we
business processes in levels of detail from Business Analyst implement this in our work environments?
multiple perspectives. • A practical approach to BPM
Prerequisites The Context for Modeling Business Processes
This course is aimed at people who are • Overview of context for BPM
practicing Business Analysts or who have had • Analyzing stakeholder information
previous Business Analysis training. • Modeling best practices
• Critical inputs for BPM: business rules
Course Level • Critical inputs for BPM: context diagrams
Intermediate/Advanced
Data Models
Who Should Attend • Overview of data modeling
It is important for you to attend if you: • Entity relationship diagrams
• Work as a Business Analyst • Object-oriented approach
• Define business problems • Class diagrams
• Analyze business processes • Other data models
Performance Focus Process Models – Part I (Non-UML)
• Business Analysis • Overview of process modeling
• Defining solutions to business problems • Data flow diagrams
• Workflow modeling • Workflow diagrams
• Data modeling and entity relationship • Flowcharts
analysis
• Use Cases Process Models – Part II (UML)
• Unified Modeling Language (UML) diagrams • Overview of UML Process Models
• UML Activity Diagrams
What You Will Learn • UML Sequence Diagrams
You will learn how to:
• Identify business processes and their Usage Models – Part I (Non-UML)
components • Overview of usage modeling
• Work with UML diagrams • Prototyping options
• Use process modeling in business • Static prototyping and storyboards
diagramming • Dynamic prototyping
• Diagram and model business processes • User Interface Design and user stories
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8924 / Six 3-hour sessions #3024 / 3 Days #PA8924 / Six 3-hour sessions
1.8 CEUs / 18 PDUs / 18 PD Hours / 18 CDUs 2.1 CEUs / 21 PDUs / 21 PD Hours / 21 CDUs 1.8 CEUs / 18 PDUs / 18 PD Hours / 18 CDUs
90 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

91. Business Analysis
Effecting Business Process Improvement
The Proactive Business Analyst
Business Analysts facilitate the solution of Course Overview Summary
business problems. The solutions are put into • What did we learn, and how can we
practice as changes to the way people perform Getting Started implement this in our work environments?
in their organizations and the tools they use. • Introductions
• Course structure
The Business Analyst is a change agent who • Course goals and objectives
must understand the basic principles of quality
management. This course covers the key role Foundation Concepts
that Business Analysts play in organizational • Overview of Business Analysis and process
change management. improvement
• Defining the business process
Prerequisites • Introducing the proactive Business Analyst
This course is aimed at people who are • Focusing on business process improvement
practicing Business Analysts or who have had
previous Business Analysis training. Launching a Successful Business Process
Improvement Project
Course Level • Overview of the launch phase
Intermediate/Advanced • Understanding and creating organizational
strategy
Who Should Attend • Selecting the target process
It is important for you to attend if you: • Aligning the business process improvement
• Work as a Business Analyst project’s goals and objectives with
• Analyze the results of technical solutions to organizational strategy
business problems
• Participate in the initiation and/or Defining the Current Process
management of change in the organization • Overview of current process phase
• Documenting the business process
Performance Focus • Business modeling options: work-flow
• Business Analysis models
• Defining solutions to business problems • Business modeling options: Unified
• Managing organizational change Modeling Language (UML) model
• Enterprise analysis adaptations for business processes
• Analytical methods
• Work-flow modeling and analysis Analyzing the Current Process
• Process and data modeling • Process analysis overview
• Business process reengineering • Evaluation: establishing the control group
• Opportunity techniques: multi-disciplinary
What You Will Learn problem-solving
You will learn how to: • Opportunity techniques: matrices
• Define and document a business process
• Work with various business modeling Building and Sustaining a Recommended
techniques Process
• Perform an enterprise analysis in • Overview of the recommended process and
preparation for determining requirements beyond
• Analyze business processes to discern • Impact analysis
problems • Recommended process
• Transition to the business case
• Return to proactive state
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8925 / Four 3-hour sessions #3025 / 2 Days #PA8925 / Four 3-hour sessions
1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs 1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs 1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 91

92. Business Analysis
Developing the Business Case
Defining the Business Problem and Solution Scope
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
Business Analysts must be able to create Course Overview Summary
business case documents that highlight • What did we learn, and how can we
project benefits, costs and risks. The business Getting Started implement this in our work environments?
case is based on the real business problem to • Introductions
be solved, and the business case documents • Course structure
become parts of proposals, feasibility studies • Course goals and objectives
and other decision support documents.
Foundation Concepts
This course teaches the purpose, structure and • The role of the Business Analyst
content of a business case. It presents the basic • A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of
techniques for determining financial return Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide) knowledge
on investment, non-tangible benefits and the areas
probability of meeting expectations. • The Business Analyst and the product/
project life cycle
Prerequisites • The business case deliverable
There are no prerequisites for this course - it
is suitable for both novices and experienced Introducing the Business Case Process
people who need to develop and justify the • Overview of the Business Analyst’s role in
business case. the business case process
• The Business Analyst before the business
Course Level case process
Basic/Intermediate • The Business Analyst during the business
case process
Who Should Attend • The Business Analyst after the business case
It is important for you to attend if you: process
• Work as a Business Analyst
• Establish the business case for the solution Defining the Business Case Problem
of a business problem • Overview of defining the business case
• Need to provide business justification for a problem
solution • Problem statement
• Product vision
Performance Focus • Objectives and constraints
• Business Analysis
• Problem definition Exploring Business Case Solutions
• Defining solutions to business problems • Overview of exploring options
• Feasibility study • Solution identification for feasibility
• Business case development • Solution definition for analysis
• Return on investment (ROI) • Assessing project risks
What You Will Learn Justifying the Business Case
You will learn how to: • Overview of justifying the business case
• Prepare a business case • Qualitative justification
• Justify the business investment to solve the • Quantitative justification
business problem
• Perform feasibility studies and ROI analyses Approving the Business Case
• Overview of business case approval
• Developing recommendations
• Preparing the decision package
– documents
• Preparing the decision package
– presentations
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8926 / Four 3-hour sessions #3026/ 2 Days #PA8926 / Four 3-hour sessions
1.2 CEUs /12 PDUs /12 PD Hours /12 CDUs 1.4 CEUs /14 PDUs /14 PD Hours /14 CDUs 1.2 CEUs /12 PDUs /12 PD Hours /12 CDUs
92 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. APMC® and The Kerzner Approach® are registered trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

93. Business Analysis
Assuring Quality Through Acceptance Testing
Making Sure that the Business Problem is Solved
It is the Business Analyst’s job to define the What You Will Learn The User Acceptance Test Stage – Part II
business problem to be solved by information You will learn how to: (Execution and Reporting)
technology (IT) professionals. It is also the • Create a set of acceptance test cases • Operating guidelines
Business Analyst’s responsibility to confirm that • Manage and monitor an acceptance test • Execution
the resulting solution developed by IT does, in stage where users perform the testing • Reporting
fact, solve the defined problem. This is done • Work with the development team in the
first through testing - especially acceptance systems testing stage Post-Acceptance Testing
testing - and then through monitoring of the • Assess the solution once it is in the business • Overview
installed solution in the user community. environment • Project implementation
• Project transition (project closure)
The Business Analyst is not only concerned Course Overview • Production through retirement
with the testing itself, but also with the
management and monitoring of the users Getting Started Testing Commercial Off-the-Shelf Software
doing the acceptance testing and recording, • Introductions • Overview
analysis and evaluation of results. • Course structure • Selecting the software
• Course goals and objectives • Implementing the software
Prerequisites
A solid understanding of Business Analysis Foundation Concepts Summary
and software development, as well as some • The role of the Business Analyst • What did we learn, and how can we
experience in both • The IIBA®’s A Guide to the Business Analysis implement this in our work environments?
Body of Knowledge® (BABOK® Guide)
Course Level
Intermediate/Advanced Knowledge Areas
• The Business Analyst and the product and
Who Should Attend project life cycle
It is important for you to attend if you: • Introduction to assuring software quality
• Work as a Business Analyst through acceptance testing
• Perform acceptance testing on behalf of the
users The Scope of IT Testing
• Manage or monitor users performing • Overview of testing stages
acceptance testing • The testing process
• Prepare test cases for system or acceptance • Testing documentation
testing
• Evaluate, analyze or record the results of Pre-Acceptance Testing
acceptance testing • The various roles in software testing
• Ensure that the product is accepted and • Early development testing stages (unit and
used in the business community and solves integration)
the initial business problem it was intended • Late development testing stage (system)
to solve
The Acceptance Test Stage – Part I (Planning,
Performance Focus Design and Development)
• Acceptance testing • Overview of user acceptance testing
• System testing • Acceptance test planning
• Creation of test cases and test scenarios • Designing user acceptance tests
• Planning an acceptance test • Developing individual user acceptance test
• Confirmation of the business solution in the cases
business environment • Building effective user acceptance test
scenarios
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8927 / Four 3-hour sessions #3027 / 2 Days #PA8927 / Four 3-hour sessions
1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs 1.4 CEUs / 14 PDUs / 14 PD Hours / 14 CDUs 1.2 CEUs / 12 PDUs / 12 PD Hours / 12 CDUs
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 93
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis.

94. Certified Business Analysis Professional
Business Analysis
(CBAP®) Boot Camp
Targeted Exam Preparation for IIBA® CBAP® Exam Candidates
This course provides targeted exam preparation Foundation Concepts for IIBA CBAP Prep • The beginning or the end?
support for the IIBA’s Certified Business Analysis • IIBA – the organization • Which way do you go? A game that tests
Professional (CBAP) exam candidates, including • Business Analysis – the profession your solution assessment and validation
both A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of • IIBA’s BABOK – the standard knowledge
Knowledge (BABOK® Guide) content review and • IIBA’s CBAP exam – the challenge • Practice exam
an exam preparation tutorial. You will be given
a Knowledge Gap Assessment prior to starting Business Analysis Planning and Monitoring Exam Application/Preparation Process
the course, and your score on this will be • Overview Tutorial
compared to your modular practice exam (by • Approach activities • Applying for the exam
knowledge area). • Analysis activities • Studying for the exam
• Communication activities • Sitting for the exam
Prerequisites • Process activities • Reviewing your Knowledge Gap
This course is suitable for experienced people • Performance activities • Practicing for the exam
who wish to prepare for the CBAP exam. • Practice exam
In order to attain CBAP certification, you Course Summary and Next Steps
must meet the standard IIBA certification Elicitation
qualifications listed at the end of this page. • Overview
• Process A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of
It is suggested that all participants complete • Activities
A Guide to the
Business Analysis
Body of Knowledge
Version 1.6
Knowledge (BABOK Guide) is a useful
the Knowledge Gap Assessment prior to • Results accompaniment to this course. Prior to
attending the course. • What would you do? – a game of knowledge taking the course we recommend that you
• Practice exam obtain a free copy of the BABOK Guide from
Course Level International Institute of Business Analysis
www.theiiba.org.
Intermediate /Advanced Requirements Management and
Communication
Who Should Attend • Overview
Individuals who are planning to sit for the CBAP • Requirements management A two-day Virtual Classroom version of this
exam • Requirements communication course is available ONLY to participants in IIL’s
• Practice exam Business Analysis Certificate Program (BACPTM).
Performance Focus • Play the response game to check your For more information on the BACP, see page 86.
• Knowledge Gap Assessment – pre-work knowledge
• Targeted exam preparation support
• BABOK Guide knowledge area overview Enterprise Analysis
• Content review (tasks and techniques) CBAP Certification Qualifications
• Overview Candidates for IIBA’s CBAP certification must have at least
• Exam preparation tutorial • Defining the business needs
• Practice exams after each Knowledge Area 7,500 hours of Business Analysis work experience in the
• Possible solutions last ten years engaged in tasks specifically related to the
• The business case knowledge areas as defined within the BABOK Guide. They
• Practice exam must have 900 hours of Business Analysis work experi-
You’ll learn how to: ence engaged in tasks specifically related to at least four
• Demonstrate familiarity with the structure Requirements Analysis of the six BABOK Guide knowledge areas. In addition, they
and content of the BABOK Guide • Overview must have at least a high school diploma or the global
• Improve your probability of passing the • Prioritize requirements equivalent; 21 hours of professional development over
CBAP exam • Organize requirements the last four years; and two references from a career man-
• Identify your knowledge gaps through the • Specify and model requirements ager, client or CBAP.
use of module practice exams • Validate and verify requirements
• Gauge your readiness for taking the exam by • A picture is worth one thousand words For more information, go to www.theiiba.org.
BABOK Guide knowledge area • Practice exam
Solution Assessment and Validation
• Overview
Getting Started • Proposed solution
• Introductions • Allocation requirements
• Course structure • Getting ready
• Course goals and objectives
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8929 /Eight 3-hour sessions #3017/ 4 Days #PA8929 / Eight 3-hour sessions
2.4 CEUs / 24 PDUs / 24 PD Hours / 24 CDUs 2.8 CEUs / 28 PDUs / 28 PD Hours / 28 CDUs 2.4 CEUs / 24 PDUs / 24 PD Hours / 24 CDUs
94 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
A Guide to the Business Analysis Body of Knowledge®, BABOK®, CBAP® and IIBA® are registered trademarks owned by International Institute of Business Analysis. BACP™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc.

95. www.iil.com
Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Lean Six Sigma combines the power of Six Sigma – strategic
alignment, customer focus and rigorous analytical tools – with
Lean’s focus on speed, delivering breakthrough results. Six Sigma
encompasses the Design, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control
(DMAIC) methodology for process improvement.
Poor process trumps good people, so process excellence enables
all employees to consistently deliver superior results. Lean adds
powerful tools for identifying and eliminating waste in processes
and drastically reducing cycle times. Putting the two together
makes a winning combination.
About Lean Six Sigma
World-class companies from around the globe are touting the culture-changing benefits they have experienced through
a Lean Six Sigma approach. Bottom-line savings are grabbing the attention of executives and shareholders. Improved
process delivery allows employees to remove frustration from their work efforts, which creates immediate buy-in to
change. When employees discover that changes are only made when the data validates improved results, the resistance
to change is minimized. And last but certainly not least, customer satisfaction percentages are going up!
How? Cross-functional teams are utilizing the tools and techniques of project management and process improvement to
fix broken processes and eliminate waste and non-value add costs. DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control)
is the recipe or methodology for process improvement, the backbone of Lean Six Sigma and the starting point for most
companies beginning the Lean Six Sigma journey.
Why Do It?
Bottom-line Results + People Development = Competitive Advantage
In today’s competitive business environment, even the best companies are searching for ways to gain and maintain an
advantage. Lean Six Sigma allows companies to fully engage those who deliver the products and services to customers:
their employees. Armed with the proven tools and techniques of Lean Six Sigma, cross-functional teams will determine
the critical-to-customer factors from a process and measure the capability of a process to deliver those factors on a
right-first-time basis. This all adds up to customer satisfaction at the lowest possible cost – a necessary combination
for world-class status. Leaders engaged in Lean Six Sigma also value the growth and development of their people.
Lean Six Sigma practitioners learn how to ask better questions, get better data, make better decisions and lead higher
performing teams.
IIL Curriculum
IIL integrates Lean tools into the DMAIC methodology to create the Lean Six Sigma courseware. In addition to an
introductory course, Experiencing Lean Six Sigma, we also offer a three-level Belt Certificate program, consisting of
Yellow Belt, Green Belt and Black Belt. If you are a Six Sigma professional interested in learning more about the aspects
of project and change management that are critical to project completion, take at look at Project Management for Six
Sigma Professionals.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
95

96. Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Experiencing Lean Six Sigma
Learn the Value of Lean Six Sigma Process Improvement
This one-day, highly interactive learning What You Will Learn Experiencing Lean Six Sigma - DMAIC
experience will demonstrate the power • Why companies are selecting Lean Six Sigma Overview (the Improvement Recipe)
behind the most potent quality improvement to improve and manage quality • Identification of the problem that needs to
methodology in decades. Lean Six Sigma is not • How to tie “activity” to improved results be fixed
only about process improvement - it changes • How to utilize the proven recipe for • Ensure the Lean Six Sigma project is set up
the way you think about the business problems substantial quality improvement: Define, for success
that challenge leaders, workers and customers. Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control (DMAIC) • Voice of the Customer (VOC): Are you
You will walk away from this session with a • The importance of hearing the Voice of the listening?
new vision and mindset that will translate into Customer • Metrics: linking strategic and customer
innovative ways of improving and managing • The critical factors driving successful Lean Six measures to the project
processes, projects, products and services. Sigma implementation and projects • The importance of clear operational
Taking this course is a fantastic way to give • That the roadmap to bottom-line definitions: Can you measure it?
Lean Six Sigma a “test drive.” improvement involves reduction in process • Verify the accuracy of the measurement
variation system
Prerequisites • Process mapping (value stream mapping)
A basic understanding of Quality Benefits of Lean Six Sigma • Effectively communicating with data
• Gives leadership a standard, data-driven • Reduce knee-jerk reactions by
Course Level approach to improving results understanding variation
Basic • Gives project managers a set of • Finding the real root causes of problems
understandable steps and tools to improve • Designing breakthrough solutions
Who Should Attend project effectiveness • Successful implementation results
Anyone interested in experiencing the • Generates higher net income by lowering • Develop an effective transition and control
fundamental principles, concepts and operating costs plan
terminology of Lean Six Sigma will benefit from • Improves product and service quality
this event. through defect prevention and reduction Summary
• Improves customer satisfaction and • What did we learn, and how can we
Executives, managers, support employees, retention by identifying and meeting implement this in our work environments?
account managers, sales representatives and customer requirements
operational managers who want to know more • Improves employee satisfaction by reducing
about Lean Six Sigma or who support Lean Six rework
Sigma (either internally or externally through
customers engaged in this initiative) should not Course Overview
miss this opportunity.
Getting Started
Performance Focus • Introductions
The most widely recognized benefit of Lean Six • Course structure
Sigma is process management. Learn the value • Course goals and objectives
of transforming varied and “hidden” processes
into ones that are uniform and visible. Foundational Concepts of Lean Six Sigma
• Businesses need a proven approach to
Discover how different types of companies improving results
in banking, retail, service, manufacturing, • Costs of poor quality
insurance and healthcare have utilized this • A quick primer on Lean Six Sigma
methodology to deliver substantial bottom-line • Business Process Management
results to shareholders, while simultaneously • DMAIC and Define, Measure, Analyze,
improving customer satisfaction and retention. Design, Verify (DMADV) improvement
Experiencing the power of Lean Six Sigma methodologies
through interactive exercises will lead you to • Return on investment (ROI) of Lean Six
“aha” moments of lasting change. Sigma - financial and cultural benefits
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8195 / Two 3-hour sessions #6141 / 1 Day #PA8195 / Two 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6 CEU Credits: 0.7 / PDU Credits: 7 CEU Credits: 0.6 / PDU Credits: 6
96 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.

97. Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Program
Build a Knowledge Base of the Facets of Lean Six Sigma
This course is also part of the Advanced Project Management Certification: The Kerzner Approach®
to Best Practices (APMC®) curriculum. For more information, see page 30.
This course is designed to instill an in-depth tools and techniques necessary for process • Establishing appropriate teams and setting
understanding of Lean Six Sigma and give improvement. Improved processes will result those teams up to be successful
you a clear sense of what is required to define in higher quality, lower costs and improved • What defines a good measurement system?
high impact improvement projects. It will help customer satisfaction. • How are we doing? (the secret to measuring
you establish Lean Six Sigma measurements the right things correctly)
and complete Lean Six Sigma projects using What You Will Learn • How to improve output measures by
the systematic and proven Define, Measure, You will learn how to: understanding and measuring the process
Analyze, Improve and Control (DMAIC) • Establish the structure that supports and • Where are there defects? (how to properly
methodology. sustains Lean Six Sigma Quality select and scope high-impact projects)
• Identify and calculate key Lean Six Sigma • Where is the process broken? (the Lean Six
This course offers you the perfect opportunity Measurements (Sigma, DPMO and Yield) Sigma version of root cause analysis)
to demonstrate your foundational • Select successful, high-impact projects that • How to determine the process efficiency, or
understanding of process management and match to strategic objectives value add, of a process
improvement through the IIL Lean Six Sigma • Document, measure and improve key • The appropriate use of quality tools
Yellow Belt Certification. processes using the DMAIC methodology • Understanding the concept of variation and
• Utilize data-based thinking to make key how to reduce knee-jerk reactions
Prerequisites business decisions • How to achieve breakthrough results for any
A basic understanding of Quality key measure
Course Overview • How can we ensure the identified
Course Level improvements will be sustainable? (the
Basic Getting Started basics of process control)
• Introductions
Who Should Attend • Course structure Course Summary and Next Steps
Anyone interested in learning the fundamental • Course goals and objectives
principles, concepts and terminology of
Lean Six Sigma will benefit from this course. Introduction to the Fundamentals and Vision Full-Service Coaching and Mentoring
Executives, managers, support employees, of Lean Six Sigma
account managers, sales representatives and • Lean Six Sigma’s focus on the customer, on IIL measures our success by the number
operational managers who support Lean Six quality and on results of participants who apply the tools,
Sigma (either internally or externally through • The costs of poor quality techniques and concepts taught in our
customers engaged in this initiative) should not • Critical factors to consider when deploying Lean Six Sigma courses to realize bottom-
miss this opportunity. This class is also perfect Lean Six Sigma line savings through better quality.
for employees about to participate on a Lean • Lean Six Sigma as a process improvement To demonstrate our commitment to
Six Sigma team. methodology application, IIL includes project coaching
• Lean Six Sigma metrics and mentoring in our certification courses
Performance Focus • Why do it – return on investment (ROI) and at no additional charge.
There are three main facets of Lean Six Sigma: payback for Lean Six Sigma
• It is a Business Management Strategy • Business Process Management When you succeed, we succeed.
that aligns your organization through • Critical Lean Six Sigma roles and
clearly defined roles and responsibilities; responsibilities
it also provides a comprehensive set of • Main aspects of managing the organizational
measurements to help align projects with change
strategic objectives. • Project selection Yellow Belt Certification Qualifications
• Secondly, it measures the capability of any Candidates for IIL’s Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt
Certification must attend the Yellow Belt Certification
process to determine the ability to deliver Metrics of Lean Six Sigma and the DMAIC
program and achieve a passing score (70% or higher)
products and/or services without defects. Model on a 30-question multiple-choice exam.
• Finally, it is a rigorous methodology to • How to strategically align business metrics
improve or redesign critical processes. and projects within an organization
• How to identify and measure quality
This comprehensive course will teach you the characteristics which are critical to customers
fundamental aspects of each facet. You will • What does the customer (internal or external)
learn, practice and apply the basic concepts, really want from our products and services?
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8918 / Four 3-hour sessions #6139 / 2 Days #PA8918 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 97

98. Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Certification Program
Become Green Belt Certified
Green Belt is not just a role, it is also a What You Will Learn Improve
competency required for leadership You’ll learn how to: • Introduction to Improve
positions at many top companies. This • Select high-impact projects • Generating and selecting solutions
learning series is designed to enable • Identify and measure critical customer • Design of experiment
participants to fulfill the important role requirements • Error-proofing
of a Lean Six Sigma Green Belt and to • Identify and collect non-biased data • Project management fundamentals
incorporate the Lean Six Sigma mindset • Identify current process capability • Standardization
into their leadership skills. • Analyze data Using SigmaXL statistical • Piloting and verifying results
software • Improve summary
Participants will learn how to collect data • Determine high-impact root causes
and turn it into useful information using • Design and test solutions Control
SigmaXL® statistical software – provided at • Make improvements sustainable • Introduction to Control
no additional cost. Using a real world project • Determine the difference between • Statistical process control
focus, the series will teach the fundamental Common and Special Cause Variation • Transition planning
methodology, tools and techniques of the
Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Course Overview Course Summary and Next Steps
Control (DMAIC) Process Improvement
Methodology. Getting Started
• Introductions Full-Service Coaching and Mentoring
Prerequisites • Course structure
A basic understanding of Quality • Course goals and objectives IIL measures our success by the number
of participants who apply the tools,
Course Level Introduction to Lean Six Sigma techniques and concepts taught in our
Intermediate Project Selection Lean Six Sigma courses to realize bottom-
line savings through better quality.
Who Should Attend Define To demonstrate our commitment to
Process experts, team members, project • Introduction to Define application, IIL includes project coaching
leaders who will lead smaller projects, • Project planning and mentoring in our certification courses
individuals who will support Black Belts with • Process management at no additional charge.
data collection and future leaders who want • The Voice of the Customer
to learn this valuable skill set will all benefit • Define summary When you succeed, we succeed.
from this series.
Measure
Performance Focus • Introduction to Measure
This course will focus on how to select high- • Data collection
impact projects that align to organizational • Graphical statistics for continuous data Green Belt Certification Qualifications
objectives and strategy. Using hands-on, • Graphical statistics for discrete data Candidates for IIL’s Lean Six Sigma Green Belt
interactive exercises and simulations, • Variation concepts Certification must attend the Green Belt Certification
instructors will demonstrate when, why and • Process capability program and achieve a passing score (70% or higher)
how Six Sigma tools and techniques are • The cost of poor quality on each of the two 50-question online exams. In
used to identify and eliminate defect drivers • Measure summary addition, candidates must lead and complete one
project within one year of completing the Green Belt
and Lean tools and techniques are used to
program.
improve speed in critical business processes. Analyze
IIL instructors will provide free project • Introduction to Analyze
coaching throughout the course. • Process analysis
• Cause and effect
• Advanced analysis
• Analyze summary
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8914 / Sixteen 3-hour sessions #6148 / 8 Days #PA8914 / Sixteen 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 4.8 / PDU Credits: 48 CEU Credits 5.6 / PDU Credits 56 CEU Credits: 4.8 / PDU Credits: 48
98 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
SigmaXL® is a registered trademark in Canada.

99. Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Lean Six Sigma Black Belt Certification Program
Become Black Belt Certified
This course is for Green Belts who want and confidence intervals • Tests for proportions (Chi Square test)
to advance their knowledge and become • Describe the difference between long-term • Non-parametric tests
IIL Certified Lean Six Sigma Black Belts. and short-term process capability
Many participants have gone on to make • Measure rework, waste or scrap by Correlation and Regression
Process Improvement their full-time role, and computing yield metrics • Simple correlation and regression
this class prepares them to lead cross-functional • Develop and analyze control charts for both • Residual analysis
teams through challenges that traditionally continuous and discrete data • Multiple correlation and regression
need more data analysis. • Perform a measurement system analysis • Logistical regression
• Apply hypothesis tests to compare variance,
In this class, you will learn how to utilize a more means and proportions Design of Experiments
advanced statistical software program called • Conduct regression and residual analyses • 2k full factorial designs
Minitab® (provided at no additional cost) to • Design and analyze experiments • Fractional designs
perform advanced statistical analysis. You will • Blocking
also learn best practices within organizational Course Overview • Robustness concepts
change management. Organizational Change Management
Getting Started
Prerequisites • Introductions Managing Successful Project Teams
IIL’s Lean Six Sigma Green Belt Certification • Course structure • Decision-making approaches
Program or the equivalent • Course goals and objectives • Conflict management
• Effective project negotiation
Course Level Review Lean Six Sigma Green Belt
Advanced Course Summary and Next Steps
Minitab Introduction
Who Should Attend
Previously trained Green Belts who want to Measurement System Analysis (MSA) Full-Service Coaching and Mentoring
become certified Black Belts • MSA for discrete data
• MSA for continuous data IIL measures our success by the number
of participants who apply the tools,
Performance Focus Advanced Process Capability techniques and concepts taught in our
If advanced statistical analysis is needed to • Sigma value, defect metrics and yield metrics Lean Six Sigma courses to realize bottom-
identify root causes and optimal process • Long- and short-term capabilities line savings through better quality.
improvements, (Lean) Six Sigma Green Belts • Capability indices To demonstrate our commitment to
typically ask Black Belts or Master Black Belts to application, IIL includes project coaching
conduct these analyses. Advanced Statistical Process Control and mentoring in our certification courses
• Control charts for continuous data at no additional charge.
Green Belts wanting to advance their statistical • Control charts for discrete data
abilities will have a considerable amount • Batching When you succeed, we succeed.
of hands-on practice in techniques such
as Statistical Process Control, Hypothesis Handling Non-normal Data
Testing, Correlation and Regression, Design of
Experiments and many others. Data Sampling
• Sampling strategies Black Belt Certification Qualifications
Participants will also work throughout the • Central Limit Theorem Candidates for IIL’s Lean Six Sigma Black Belt
course on a real-world improvement project • Confidence interval and sample size Certification must attend the Black Belt Certification
from their own business environment. This calculations for the Mean and Proportions program and achieve a passing score (70% or higher)
provides participants with hands-on learning • Confidence interval for standard deviation on each of the four 30-question online exams given
and provides the organization with an and median over the course of this program. In addition,
immediate return on investment (ROI) once the candidates must lead and complete two projects
project is completed. IIL instructors will provide Hypothesis Testing within one year of completing the Black Belt program.
free project coaching throughout the course. • Introduction to hypothesis tests
• Tests for means
What You Will Learn - t-Test, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), Tukey’s
You’ll learn how to: Test
• Use Minitab statistical software - Paired data and blocking
• Decide on sampling strategies, sample size • Tests for variance (Bartlett’s, Levene’s and F-
Tests)
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8917 / Sixteen 3-hour sessions #6147 / 8 Days #PA8917 / Sixteen 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 4.8 / PDU Credits: 48 CEU Credits 5.6 / PDU Credits 56
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 99
Minitab® is a registered trademark in Minitab, Inc.

100. Lean Six Sigma and Process Excellence
Project Management for Six Sigma Professionals
Get Buy-in for Six Sigma Projects
This valuable learning series is designed In this course, you will practice using the tools Project Execution
to help Lean Six Sigma project managers and techniques necessary to ensure that a • Choosing the right decision-making
(Black Belts and Green Belts) with the cross-functional team effectively completes a approaches
aspects of change management and project project on time. These practical skills, concepts • Planning effective project meetings
management that are critically important to and principles can be taken back to the job • Conflict resolution
successful project completion. Participants and successfully applied to any Lean Six Sigma • Effective negotiation for the project
will utilize successful tools, techniques and or Design for Six Sigma project. • Mobilizing stakeholder commitment
concepts to help ensure that their Lean Six (stakeholder analysis and stakeholder
Sigma projects are successfully completed What You Will Learn influencing strategies)
with buy-in from those who will maintain the • How to develop project charters and
improvements. project plans Project Monitoring and Controlling
• How to work in cross-functional teams • Project control
Prerequisites without direct authority • Project reporting
A basic understanding of Lean Six Sigma • How to identify and manage threats and • Taking corrective action
opportunities
Course Level • How to identify and influence stakeholders Project Closure
Intermediate to assure change • Learning from experience
• How to effectively communicate in and
Who Should Attend around a project Summary
Individuals responsible for managing, leading, • How to identify project tasks, task durations • What did we learn, and how can we
coordinating and supporting Lean Six Sigma and a project schedule implement this in our work environments?
projects. Additionally, Champions, team • How to manage project decisions and
members and sponsors will benefit from project meetings
learning these basic concepts, tools and Incorporate Simulation into this Course
techniques, while practicing through real- Course Overview
world project simulations. Want this course delivered onsite to your
Getting Started company or team? Enhance the class experi-
Performance Focus • Introductions ence by adding real-world simulation into
One of the core principles of a Lean Six • Course structure the mix. Highly interactive and experiential,
Sigma organization is to choose the best • Course goals and objectives IIL’s simulation integrates proven learning
and brightest process or subject matter theory with leading-edge computer technol-
experts to become Lean Six Sigma project Foundation Concepts ogy and game-based simulation techniques
managers (Black Belts and Green Belts) for • Introduction to project management to deliver lasting benefits.
high-impact, strategically selected projects. • Project management for Lean Six Sigma
Selected projects are carefully aligned to the • The five process groups of projects Read more about PM simulation on page 18.
annual goals of the organization and must be • The Project Management Institute (PMI®)
successfully completed on time. nine Knowledge Areas
While Black Belts and Green Belts are very Project Initiation
effective individuals, they usually have had • Project generation
little or no training in the principles of project • Project charter
management or change management. • Organizational change management
Learning these important aspects of successful • Assuring project support
project completion through trial and error • Emphasizing shared need for change
not only increases project cycle time but also
adds an unnecessary burden to an already Project Planning
challenging Lean Six Sigma position. • Developing the project plan
• Communication management
• Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
• Responsibility Assignment Matrix (RAM)
• Estimating schedules and budgets
• The network logic diagram
• Schedule development and critical path
method
• Project risk management
Take advantage of the flexibility, customization, focus and control that onsite training offers and let us tailor a course or program to align with your
company’s mission, values and unique business needs. We can deliver any course to your team or organization in a private format - at your location, at
one of our training sites or in a virtual setting. Email us at onsite@iil.com for a free consultation today or visit www.iil.com/onsite for more information.
VIRTUAL CLASSROOM: Dynamic and fully TRADITIONAL CLASSROOM: Engage with our ON-DEMAND LEARNING: Set your own pace
interactive, a live, online version of this course is instructors and a diverse group of peers in a with a recorded online version of this course
led by an instructor and conducted in real time. Traditional Classroom version of this course. and log on when and where you learn best.
#8910 / Four 3-hour sessions #6150 / 2 Days #PA8910 / Four 3-hour sessions
CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12 CEU Credits: 1.4 / PDU Credits: 14 / CPE Credits: 16 CEU Credits: 1.2 / PDU Credits: 12
100 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
PMI® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

101. www.iil.com
Online Tools and Assessments
Where is your company in its journey toward project
management (PM) excellence? Are your business needs fully aligned
with high-impact, results-oriented training and development?
Whether you are a relatively “mature” organization in your PM capa-
bilities or whether you are considering implementation of a more
structured PM approach, the online tools and assessments in this
section can help you improve your project outcomes, increase your
profits and advance the professional development of your project
managers.
360° Project Management Competency Assessment (360° PMCA™)
Is the training that your project managers are getting aligned with the business needs of your organization? What are
their skill gaps, and how are you measuring their growth and development?
Our 360° PMCA incorporates elements from both the Project Management Institute (PMI®) and the International Project
Management Association (IPMA®) and measures knowledge and expertise based on five domains and 27 competencies.
This convenient assessment is easy to use and will help you create development plans, benchmark performance against
well-defined metrics and measure the effectiveness of improvement efforts.
Kerzner Project Management Maturity Model (KPM3)
How is your company performing in the project management arena? How does this performance compare to that of
your competitors? Developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner, one of the world’s foremost project management experts, the
KPM3 can help your organization achieve superior levels of project management maturity.
This time- and cost-efficient tool gives you an in-depth analysis of the state of your company’s PM process at five differ-
ent levels, factoring in variables such as visibility, consistency and control. Derived from real-life best practices of top
global companies across industries, the KPM3 will generate an actionable plan to guide your organization to a new level
of project management success.
Unified Project Management® Methodology (UPMM™)
IIL’s revolutionary UPMM is a comprehensive online project management solution for your entire organization. The
UPMM enables you to leverage our global expertise through a holistic suite of knowledge management tools, and it is
available in three different versions: Standard, Professional and Enterprise.
Containing A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (the PMBOK® Guide) in its entirety, as well as hundreds
of templates, process models, real-world examples, best practice guidelines, policies and procedures, the UPMM is
customizable, flexible and dynamic. Save time and effort developing and deploying your own PM methodology. Take
advantage of this hosted solution that requires no installation or server space and transform the way your company
does business.
Leverage the power of our wholly-owned network of IIL companies, strategically located all over the world. We have deep experience working in
different languages, cultures, countries and industries and are proud to be the training solution partner of choice for many top global companies.
Find out what we can do together! Contact your local IIL company (listed on the back cover of the catalogue) or email us at learning@iil.com.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
101
Unified Project Management® is a registered trademark and UPMM™ and 360° PMCA™ are trademarks of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI® and PMBOK® are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. IPMA® is a registered trademark of
International Project Management Association.

102. 360º Project Management Competency Assessment (360º PMCA™)
Online Tools and Assessments
Online Tool for Identifying and Assessing Training Needs
Introducing the 360° Project Management Competency Assessment (360° PMCA) How can I learn more?
When it comes to project management training and development, are the real needs For more information or to set up
of your company being met? an assessment, go to:
www.iil.com/360pmca
What are the skill gaps that most need to be addressed? Have you allocated your
development spending to achieve maximum return on investment (ROI)? Are you matching Contact:
the right people to the right projects? Global Products Services:
gps@iil.com
Our 360° Project Management Competency Assessment can help you measure Tel: +1-212-515-5163 or
proficiency levels, identify skill gaps and highlight areas of strength and opportunity. 1-800-325-1533, ext. 5163
It will then map those needs into a strategic and customized training plan.
As the global demand for project management excellence increases, more and more Client PC Requirements
companies are utilizing competency models to align their needs with high-impact, • Internet connection of at least
results-oriented training and development. 56.6 kbs or DSL
• 256 MB of RAM
How can my company benefit from the 360° PMCA? • 1024 x 786 Screen setting and “True
Incorporating elements from both the Project Management Institute (PMI®) and the Color” (32 Bit)
International Project Management Association (IPMA®), the 360° PMCA measures • Windows XP or later, and Internet
knowledge and expertise based on five domains and 27 competencies. It will help Explorer 6.0+ or Firefox 5.0+ with
you create development plans, benchmark performance against well-defined metrics JavaScript enabled
and measure the effectiveness of improvement efforts. Management can use the • The user must have Microsoft® Excel
assessment as a strategic planning tool for learning about individuals and how they installed to view their end-user report.
can improve their skills and enhance their contributions to the organization.
The 360° PMCA can also be customized for your company.
Actionable Results Easy to Deploy Secure
Assessment results and analysis IIL’s 360° PMCA is designed for easy use Our data is housed in a SQL Server
provide the foundation for individual and maximum accessibility by the widest 2005 cluster, hosted by RackSpace,
and organizational action. You will number of users. The application does a world-class hosting partner. Our
gain insight into how to improve not require users to download additional hosting agreement includes 24/7/365
the effectiveness of PM training and software or plug-ins beyond those monitoring, intrusion detection and
development, develop individual career normally used by an internet browser. managed updates to ensure the latest
guidance plans, match the right people security updates are applied rigorously.
to the right projects and more. The
result: increased organizational project
management proficiency and maturity.
102 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
360° PMCA™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMI® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc. IPMA® is a registered trademark of International Project Management Association. Microsoft® is a registered trademark of the
Microsoft Coporation in the United States and other countries.

103. Online Tools and Assessments
Kerzner Project Management Maturity Model (KPM3)
Assess Your Organization’s PM Maturity
Where is your company in its journey toward project management (PM) excellence?
How do you rank against your competitors? Where are the gaps in your PM capabilities? What steps can you take to increase profits and improve
project outcomes while maintaining consistent top quality?
Whether you are a veteran or a relative newcomer to the project management arena, the Kerzner Project Management Maturity Model (KPM3) can
help your organization reach a new level of PM excellence.
What does the KPM3 do?
First, it assesses the way your company is performing and the state of its process at five different levels, factoring in variables such as visibility,
consistency and control. The KPM3 will then give you a detailed breakdown of your organizational score, as well as the scores of your individual
project managers. It also benchmarks your performance against that of other companies in your industry and in the wider marketplace.
Next, it will give you through a list of actionable, high-level recommendations designed to increase your competitive position and advance the
professional development of your project managers.
What makes the KPM3 unique?
The KPM3 is named after Dr. Harold Kerzner, one of the world’s
foremost experts in project management strategies and best
practices. Dr. Kerzner developed the KPM3 over a period of
several years, drawing from his extensive work with top
companies all over the globe. Closely aligned with the PMBOK®
Guide, the KPM3 consists of a series of carefully designed
questions on subject areas including common language,
common processes, singular methodology, benchmarking
and continuous improvement.
Can this help me “sell” project management in my
company?
Yes! If you are having difficulty in this area, let the objective
results of the KPM3 assessment do the talking for you.
Management will see how your organization’s PM efforts
compare to those of other companies within and outside of
your industry. Put an end to debates and speculation regarding
your strengths and weaknesses. Instead, spend time and resources on agreeing how you can achieve superior levels of project management maturity.
How can I learn more?
For more information or to schedule an assessment, email us at assessment@iil.com or go to: www.iil.com/pm/kpmmm.
At each of the staged levels in the KPM3, our tool will calculate your results and display how you performed. You will have access to a
breakdown of your organization’s and individual project managers’ scores, how you stack up against others in the industry, and how you
compare to all others who have taken our assessment.
Armed with this information, you will then be provided with actionable high-level recommendations to improve project management
excellence to give you an edge in the marketplace and advance the professional development of your project managers.
Within each of the five levels are a series of multiple-choice questions (totaling 183) that span common language, common processes,
singular methodology, benchmarking and continuous improvement.
The questions have been carefully designed to provide meaningful assessment results to a broad range of industries and project
management experience. At the end of each level, your scores are instantly scored, tabulated and analyzed.
www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules. 103
The Kerzner Approach® is a registered trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

104. Online Tools and Assessments
TM
Unified Project Management® Methodology Software Suite
An Adaptable Tool for Consistent, Repeatable Processes
Follow the exact PMBOK® Guide Interactive Process
A Roadmap To Project Success
Do you have the right solutions to consistently Enterprise Edition
deliver projects on time and within budget? (available as a server installation)
Whether you need to continually improve project UPMM Enterprise Edition is a robust and scalable
performance or maximize the effectiveness of a solution that addresses the full range of project
project management initiative, we understand management knowledge, including portfolio
the challenges project managers face in today’s management, program management and
competitive business environment. That’s why performance methodology. By accessing UPMM
companies around the world leverage our capabilities as a managed service you will receive Use your company-specific Project Type Selection
Wizard
expertise to transform the way they do business. continuous updated best practices and gain
exposure to every aspect of project management
IIL’s Unified Project Management® Methodology knowledge. This tool may be used as a central
(UPMM™) is a suite of knowledge management repository for a company’s project management
tools that incorporates a complete project knowledge to archive and learn from its
management methodology. This intelligent experiences and issue updates on company best
approach helps drive project management practices, policies and procedures.
excellence and improves the success of projects.
Access Knowledge Anytime, Anywhere
The UPMM suite of tools includes: Flexible and dynamic, the UPMM solutions
include proven project management expertise
Standard Edition delivered right to your desktop. The PMBOK®
(available as a host-based solution) Guide-aligned knowledge base guides you
UPMM Standard Edition is a complete, mature through your projects from start to finish and Link to detailed process step screens
and effective project management knowledge offers the ability to review lessons learned.
resource for project managers to advance the
success of their projects. This hosted, web-based Each of these comprehensive tools provides
tool is accessible anytime, anywhere and offers templates, examples, guidelines, procedures,
hundreds of templates, examples and guidelines policies, best practices, process models and
to foster just-in-time learning. other valuable knowledge required to support
consistent and effective performance.
Professional Edition
(available as a host-based solution) The benefits and business value of the UPMM
UPMM Professional Edition allows project suite:
managers, project teams and Project • Practical guide to project management that
Management Offices (PMOs) to completely enables project management professionals
customize the methodology, templates and best to follow a standard and effective approach
practices. This hosted, web-based tool enables with minimal effort, achieving consistency and
you to capture, catalogue and distribute lessons completeness
learned, best practices, common processes and • Minimized time by providing all the knowledge Obtain hundreds of document templates, checklists
procedures to improve performance. required to manage projects and guidelines
104 www.iil.com • +1-800-325-1533 or +1-212-758-0177 • Visit our website for the latest course schedules.
Unified Project Management® is a registered trademark and UPMM™ is a trademark of International Institute for Learning, Inc. PMBOK® is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.

105. Online Tools and Assessments
TM
Unified Project Management® Methodology (continued)
An Adaptable Tool for Consistent, Repeatable Processes
• ROI realized through improved rate of of project complexity • Full project management knowledge base
project success complete with IIL content and PMBOK Guide
• Excellent training resource – contains entire
• Hosted solution that does not require server, in Professional and Enterprise editions
PMBOK® Guide and access to guidelines and
disk space, installation IT staff tutorials for every step in the process
Delivering Value
• Qualified subject matter expert available • Hundreds of templates tied to each step of
IIL is committed to keeping your business
to answer project management related the process – each with instructions and
requirements at the forefront of everything
questions multiple examples for use in transferring
that we do. We deliver value through our
• Complete and scaled project management and reusing best practices
products, educational services and consulting
methodology that saves time and effort • Glossary – includes the entire PMBOK Guide solutions.
in methodology development and and IIL terminology – fully customizable for
deployment. Professional License The IIL Team is always available to support
• An open system that integrates with all of your IIL investments. By teaming with
UPMM Suite core features for driving better IIL, you can leverage our expertise to help
other project management systems and
performance and efficiency include: advance your projects.
applications (e.g., Microsoft® Office Suite)
• Step-by-step guide to project management, • Online coaching and project management
navigable by process or knowledge area consulting through PM Mentor and FAQ
• Interactive, visual and complete process management
diagrams and steps scalable for three levels
UPMM Suite of Knowledge Management Tools - Features and Functions
Features Standard Professional Enterprise
Yes – with tools to Yes – with tools to
No – Read and Down-
Customizable? customize all content customize all content Unified Project Management
load Access only
and diagrams and diagrams Methodology (UPMM)
Scaled Methodology Types
PMBOK® Guide Methodology Yes Yes Yes Pricing*
Small PM Methodology Yes Yes Yes UPMM Standard Edition
USD 595 (Yearly Renewal Fee USD 95)
Medium PM Methodology Yes Yes Yes
Large PM Methodology Yes Yes Yes UPMM Professional and Enterprise Editions
Please contact us for more information and pricing.
Methodology Components *Contact your local IIL company for international pricing
Interactive Process Diagrams Yes Yes Yes
Step Detail Screens Yes Yes Yes
Contact Us
Templates Yes Yes Yes
• For more information about the UPMM suite of tools
Template Instructions and Examples Yes Yes Yes and to learn how you can immediately leverage these
PM Knowledge Library Yes Yes Yes solutions, please email us at upmm@iil.com or visit
www.iil.com/pm/upmm.
PM Glossary Yes Yes Yes
• Visit www.iil.com/pm/upmm for an automated demo
Administrator Portal or for technical details about UPMM.
Create and Edit PM Process No Yes Yes
Create and Edit PLC Processes No Yes Yes
User Administration No Yes Yes Visit www.iil.com/pm/upmm to learn more
Diagram Editor
Edit/Create PM/PLC process diagrams No Yes Yes
Additional Tools
My Projects – a project status tracker Yes Yes Yes
PM Mentor – online coaching and QA Yes Yes Yes
My Profile – Personal preferences Yes Yes